From 20d033ee630eb6f628a29fa51eeb753b1474922f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karl Berry Date: Sat, 15 Oct 2016 22:58:34 +0000 Subject: biblatex-sbl (11oct16) git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@42278 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751 --- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/README.md | 54 + .../doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.pdf | Bin 0 -> 59077 bytes .../doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.tex | 231 ++ .../doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.pdf | Bin 0 -> 385007 bytes .../doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.tex | 3793 ++++++++++++++++++++ .../doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.bib | 1346 +++++++ .../doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.pdf | Bin 0 -> 149858 bytes .../doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.tex | 1176 ++++++ .../doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.pdf | Bin 0 -> 69166 bytes .../doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.tex | 184 + .../makeindex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper-bibleref.ist | 26 + .../tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.def | 1940 ++++++++++ .../tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-american.lbx | 20 + .../tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-british.lbx | 9 + .../tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-english.lbx | 24 + .../tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-german.lbx | 30 + .../tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.sty | 546 +++ .../tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-spanish.lbx | 30 + Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.bbx | 389 ++ Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.cbx | 614 ++++ Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.dbx | 53 + 21 files changed, 10465 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/README.md create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.bib create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper-bibleref.ist create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.def create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-american.lbx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-british.lbx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-english.lbx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-german.lbx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.sty create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-spanish.lbx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.bbx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.cbx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.dbx (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist') diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/README.md b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/README.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..256a6bee7ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +# biblatex-sbl — SBL style files for biblatex + +This package provides biblatex support for citations in the format specified by the second edition of the Society of Biblical Literature (SBL) Handbook of Style. + +All example notes and bibliography entries from the handbook are supported. + +## Documentation + +* `biblatex-sbl.pdf`: Style usage and documentation summary. +* `biblatex-sbl.bib`: Database entries for all example citations in the handbook. +* `biblatex-sbl-test.pdf`: Example usage for all example citations in the handbook. +* `biblatex-sbl-ibid.pdf`: Example usage of *ibidem* and *idem* settings. +* `sbl-paper.sty`: A style file for papers matching the Student Supplement to the SBLHS. +* `sbl-paper-bibleref.ist`: An index style file for printing a Scripture Reference Index (used with `sbl-paper.sty`). +* `sbl-paper.tex`: An example paper using `sbl-paper.sty`. + +## Manual Installation + +* Copy `biblatex-sbl.def`, `sbl.cbx`, `sbl.bbx`, `sbl.dbx`, and `*.lbx` into `$TEXMFHOME/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/` +* Copy `*.pdf` and `sbl-paper.tex` into `$TEXMFHOME/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/` +* Copy `sbl-paper.sty` into `$TEXMFHOME/tex/latex/sbl-paper/` +* Copy `sbl-paper-bibleref.ist` into `$TEXMFHOME/makeindex/sbl-paper/` +* Copy `biblatex-sbl.bib` into `$TEXMFHOME/bibtex/bib/biblatex-sbl/` + +You can find `$TEXMFHOME` by running: + +``` +kpsewhich -var-value=TEXMFHOME +``` + +## Requirements + +The following packages are required: + +* `biblatex` (version 3.5 or higher) with the `biber` backend +* `xparse` + +## Licence + +``` +Copyright 2015-2016 David Purton + +This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +of this license or (at your option) any later version. +The latest version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +version 2005/12/01 or later. + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. + +The Current Maintainer of this work is David Purton. +``` diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..66a4efa393c Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d9d507d7695 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-ibid.tex @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ +\documentclass{article} + +\usepackage{microtype} +\usepackage{fontspec} +\usepackage{xparse} +\usepackage{xcolor} +\usepackage{parskip} +\usepackage{titlesec} +\usepackage{imakeidx} +\makeindex[title=Author Index,intoc] +\usepackage{hyperref} +\usepackage[style=sbl,indexing=cite,ibidtracker=constrict,pagetracker,backend=biber]{biblatex} +\addbibresource{biblatex-sbl.bib} + +\setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}[Scale=MatchLowercase] +\setromanfont{Linux Libertine O} +\setsansfont{Linux Biolinum O}[ + BoldItalicFont={* Bold}, + BoldItalicFeatures={FakeSlant=0.2} +] + +\titleformat{\paragraph} +{\normalfont\sf\normalsize\bfseries}{\theparagraph}{1em}{} +\titleformat{\subparagraph} +{\normalfont\sf\small\scshape}{\thesubparagraph}{1em}{} +\titlespacing*{\paragraph}{0pt}{2ex plus 1ex minus 0.2ex}{0.5ex} +\titlespacing*{\subparagraph}{0pt}{1ex plus 0.2ex}{0em} + +\titleclass{\subsubparagraph}{straight}[\subparagraph] +\titleformat{\subsubparagraph}{\normalfont\small\tt}{}{1em}{} +\titlespacing*{\subsubparagraph}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt} + +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} % how many sectioning levels to assign numbers to + +\setlength{\parskip}{1ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.25ex} + +\definecolor{biblatex-colour}{rgb}{0.25,0.25,0.65} +\definecolor{reference-colour}{rgb}{0,0.6,0.15} + +\ExplSyntaxOn +\NewDocumentCommand \samplemacro { m } + { + \subsubparagraph*{#1} + } +\NewDocumentCommand \sblrefsamplecite { s m m m o o m } + { + \IfNoValueTF { #5 } + { + \IfNoValueT { #6 } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2\{#7\}} + } + \color{biblatex-colour} + \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}{#7} + } + } + { + \IfNoValueTF { #6 } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5]\{#7\}} + } + \color{biblatex-colour} + \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5]{#7} + } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5][#6]\{#7\}} + } + \color{biblatex-colour} + \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5][#6]{#7} + } + } + } +\NewDocumentCommand \samplecite { s m o o m } + { + \rmfamily + \IfBooleanTF { #1 } + { + \sblrefsamplecite*{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par + } + { + \sblrefsamplecite{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par + } + \color{black} + } +\NewDocumentCommand \sampleparencite { s o o m } + { + \rmfamily + \IfBooleanTF { #1 } + { + \sblrefsamplecite*{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par + } + { + \sblrefsamplecite{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par + } + \color{black} + } +\NewDocumentCommand \samplebib { s m } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbibliography} + } + \color{biblatex-colour} + \rmfamily\hangindent\bibindent\bibentrycite{#2}.\par + \color{black} + } +\NewDocumentCommand \samplebiblist { s m } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbiblist\{abbreviations\}} + } + \color{biblatex-colour} + \biblistcite{#2} + \color{black} + } +\NewDocumentCommand \refbiblist { m m } + { + \color{reference-colour} + \strut\rmfamily\hangindent 6em\rlap{#1}\hskip 6em #2\par + \color{black} + } +\ExplSyntaxOff + +\newenvironment{biboutput}{% + \subparagraph{Biblatex Output} +}{\color{black}} + +\newenvironment{refimp}{% + \subparagraph{Reference Implementation} + \color{reference-colour} + \rm +}{\par\color{black}} + +\begin{document} + +\title{Biblatex-SBL \emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem} Test File} +\author{David Purton} +\maketitle + +This file tests the behaviour of the various options related to using +\emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem} in Biblatex-SBL. + +\section*{Basic \emph{ibidem} tracking} + +Turn on \emph{ibidem} using the \texttt{ibidtracker} option. By default +ibid.\@ is used across page breaks and \emph{ibidem} is taking to mean ‘same +author + same title’. See \texttt{biblatex-sbl.pdf} for a description of the +options \texttt{ibidtracker} can take. + +\boolfalse{pagetracker} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,ibidtracker=constrict,backend=biber]\{biblatex\}} + \samplecite{1}[127]{talbert:1992} + \samplecite{2}[22]{talbert:1992} + \samplecite{3}[22]{talbert:1992} + \samplecite{4}[237]{robinson+koester:1971} + \samplecite{5}[22]{talbert:1992} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash clearpage} + \clearpage + \samplecite{6}[22]{talbert:1992} +\end{biboutput} + +\section*{Tracking \emph{ibidem} across pages} + +Set the \texttt{pagetracker} option to \texttt{true} to ensure that the first +citation on a page is never ibid. + +\booltrue{pagetracker} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,ibidtracker=constrict,pagetracker,backend=biber]\{biblatex\}} + \samplecite{7}[53]{scott+etal:1993} + \samplecite{8}[42]{scott+etal:1993} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash clearpage} + \clearpage + \samplecite{9}[42]{scott+etal:1993} +\end{biboutput} + +\section*{\emph{Ibidem} meaning ‘same author + same title + same page’} + +Turn on the \texttt{ibidpage} option to indicate that \emph{ibidmen} should +mean ‘same author + same title + same page’. + +\makeatletter +\let\blx@imc@ifloccit\blx@ifloccit@global +\let\blx@loccittracker\blx@loccittracker@global +\let\blx@loccitreset\blx@loccitreset@global +\makeatother + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,ibidtracker=constrict,ibidpage,backend=biber]\{biblatex\}} + \samplecite{10}[28]{egger:1996} + \samplecite{11}[28]{egger:1996} + \samplecite{12}[291]{egger:1996} +\end{biboutput} + +\section*{\emph{Idem} tracking} + +Turn on \emph{idem} using the \texttt{idemtracker} option. See +\texttt{biblatex-sbl.pdf} for a description of the options +\texttt{idemtracker} can take. + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,idemtracker=constrict,backend=biber]\{biblatex\}} + \makeatletter\blx@opt@idemtracker@constrict\makeatother + \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocites[35]\{vanseters:1997\}\{vanseters:1995\}} + \color{biblatex-colour} + \hspace*{\bibindent}13.~\cites[35]{vanseters:1997}{vanseters:1995}. + \color{black} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash + autocites[35]\{vanseters:1997\}[222]\{vanseters:1995\}} + \makeatletter\blx@idemreset\makeatother + \color{biblatex-colour} + \hspace*{\bibindent}14.~\cites[35]{vanseters:1997}[222]{vanseters:1995}. + \color{black} +\end{biboutput} + + +\printbibliography + +\printindex + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..957a05374db Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1a4b5f8e556 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl-test.tex @@ -0,0 +1,3793 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper]{article} + +\PassOptionsToPackage{obeyspaces}{url} + +\usepackage{microtype} +\usepackage{fontspec} +\usepackage{xparse} +\usepackage{xcolor} +\usepackage{parskip} +\usepackage{titlesec} +\usepackage{listings} +\usepackage{imakeidx} +\makeindex[title=Author Index,intoc] +\usepackage[style=sbl,indexing=cite,backend=biber]{biblatex} +\usepackage{hyperref} +\addbibresource{biblatex-sbl.bib} + +\DeclareBibliographyCategory{ignore} +\addtocategory{ignore}{pritchard:1969} + +\setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}[Scale=MatchLowercase] +\setromanfont{Linux Libertine O} +\setsansfont{Linux Biolinum O}[ + BoldItalicFont={* Bold}, + BoldItalicFeatures={FakeSlant=0.2} +] + +\newcommand{\textgreek}[1]{{\greekfont #1}} + +\renewcommand{\familydefault}{\sfdefault} + +\newfontfamily\greekfont[Script=Greek,Contextuals=Alternate,Ligatures=Required, + Scale=MatchLowercase]{SBL BibLit} + +\renewcommand{\bibfont}{\rm} + +\newcommand*{\refbibnamedash}{% + \leavevmode\raise 0.6ex\hbox to 3em{\hrulefill}.\space} + +\titleformat{\paragraph} +{\normalfont\sf\normalsize\bfseries}{\theparagraph}{1em}{} +\titleformat{\subparagraph} +{\normalfont\sf\small\scshape}{\thesubparagraph}{1em}{} +\titlespacing*{\paragraph}{0pt}{2ex plus 1ex minus 0.2ex}{0.5ex} +\titlespacing*{\subparagraph}{0pt}{1ex plus 0.2ex}{0em} + +\titleclass{\subsubparagraph}{straight}[\subparagraph] +\titleformat{\subsubparagraph}{\normalfont\small\tt}{}{1em}{} +\titlespacing*{\subsubparagraph}{0pt}{0pt}{0pt} + +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} % how many sectioning levels to assign numbers to + +\setlength{\parskip}{1ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.25ex} + +\makeatletter +\patchcmd{\lst@Init}{\par\penalty -50\relax}{\relax} +\makeatother + +\hyphenation{nash-ville} + +\definecolor{biblatex-colour}{rgb}{0.25,0.25,0.65} +\definecolor{reference-colour}{rgb}{0,0.6,0.15} + +\ExplSyntaxOn +\NewDocumentCommand \samplemacro { m } + { + \subsubparagraph*{#1} + } +\NewDocumentCommand \sblrefsamplecite { s m m m o o m } + { + \IfNoValueTF { #5 } + { + \IfNoValueT { #6 } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2\{#7\}} + } + \color{biblatex-colour} + \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}{#7} + } + } + { + \IfNoValueTF { #6 } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5]\{#7\}} + } + \color{biblatex-colour} + \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5]{#7} + } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5][#6]\{#7\}} + } + \color{biblatex-colour} + \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5][#6]{#7} + } + } + } +\NewDocumentCommand \samplecite { s m o o m } + { + \rmfamily + \IfBooleanTF { #1 } + { + \sblrefsamplecite*{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par + } + { + \sblrefsamplecite{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par + } + \color{black} + } +\NewDocumentCommand \sampleparencite { s o o m } + { + \rmfamily + \IfBooleanTF { #1 } + { + \sblrefsamplecite*{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par + } + { + \sblrefsamplecite{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par + } + \color{black} + } +\NewDocumentCommand \samplebib { s m } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbibliography} + } + \color{biblatex-colour} + \rmfamily\hangindent\bibindent\bibentrycite{#2}.\par + \color{black} + } +\NewDocumentCommand \samplebiblist { s m } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbiblist\{abbreviations\}} + } + \color{biblatex-colour} + \biblistcite{#2} + \color{black} + } +\NewDocumentCommand \refbiblist { m m } + { + \color{reference-colour} + \strut\rmfamily\hangindent 6em\rlap{#1}\hskip 6em #2\par + \color{black} + } +\ExplSyntaxOff + +\newenvironment{biboutput}{% + \subparagraph{Biblatex Output} +}{\color{black}} + +\newenvironment{refimp}{% + \subparagraph{Reference Implementation} + \color{reference-colour} + \rm +}{\par\color{black}} + +\lstdefinelanguage{BibTeX}{% + keywords={% + @book,@article,@incollection,@suppbook,@mvbook,@collection,@review,@misc,% + @thesis,@mvreference,@inreference,@mvlexicon,@inlexicon,@unpublished,% + @commentary,@inbook,@incommentary,@mvcommentary,@seminarpaper,@lexicon,% + @reference,@mvcollection,@bookinbook,@ancienttext,@classictext,@online,% + @manual,@conferencepaper% + }, + emph={% + author,title,location,publisher,date,shorttitle,translator,edition,preface,% + related,relatedtype,editor,series,shortseries,number,journaltitle,% + shortjournal,volume,pages,type,booktitle,bookauthor,origlocation,% + origpublisher,origdate,pubstate,origlanguage,maintitle,maineditor,part,% + bookeditor,seriesseries,maintranslator,eprint,eprinttype,doi,url,% + revdauthor,revdtitle,revdeditor,institution,type,shorthand,xref,% + note,releasedate,volumes,shortmaintitle,options,eprintclass,relatedoptions,% + editortype,crossref,editora,editorb,editorc,editoratype,editorbtyle,% + editorctype,entrysubtype,sortkey,titleaddon,witheditor,witheditortype,% + withtranslator,withtranslatortype,eventtitle,venue,eventdate,shortauthor% + }, + sensitive=false, + breaklines=true, + breakatwhitespace=true, + morecomment=[l][basicstyle]{=\ \{} +} + +\lstset{% + language=BibTeX, + backgroundcolor=\color{gray!15}, + basicstyle=\ttfamily\small, + keywordstyle=\color{teal}, + emphstyle=\color{purple} +} + +\makeatletter +\lst@InputCatcodes +\def\lst@DefEC{% + \lst@CCECUse \lst@ProcessLetter + ^^80^^81^^82^^83^^84^^85^^86^^87^^88^^89^^8a^^8b^^8c^^8d^^8e^^8f% + ^^90^^91^^92^^93^^94^^95^^96^^97^^98^^99^^9a^^9b^^9c^^9d^^9e^^9f% + ^^a0^^a1^^a2^^a3^^a4^^a5^^a6^^a7^^a8^^a9^^aa^^ab^^ac^^ad^^ae^^af% + ^^b0^^b1^^b2^^b3^^b4^^b5^^b6^^b7^^b8^^b9^^ba^^bb^^bc^^bd^^be^^bf% + ^^c0^^c1^^c2^^c3^^c4^^c5^^c6^^c7^^c8^^c9^^ca^^cb^^cc^^cd^^ce^^cf% + ^^d0^^d1^^d2^^d3^^d4^^d5^^d6^^d7^^d8^^d9^^da^^db^^dc^^dd^^de^^df% + ^^e0^^e1^^e2^^e3^^e4^^e5^^e6^^e7^^e8^^e9^^ea^^eb^^ec^^ed^^ee^^ef% + ^^f0^^f1^^f2^^f3^^f4^^f5^^f6^^f7^^f8^^f9^^fa^^fb^^fc^^fd^^fe^^ff% + % Greek support + ^^^^0370^^^^0371^^^^0372^^^^0373^^^^0374^^^^0375^^^^0376^^^^0377% + ^^^^0378^^^^0379^^^^037a^^^^037b^^^^037c^^^^037d^^^^037e^^^^037f% + ^^^^0380^^^^0381^^^^0382^^^^0383^^^^0384^^^^0385^^^^0386^^^^0387% + ^^^^0388^^^^0389^^^^038a^^^^038b^^^^038c^^^^038d^^^^038e^^^^038f% + ^^^^0390^^^^0391^^^^0392^^^^0393^^^^0394^^^^0395^^^^0396^^^^0397% + ^^^^0398^^^^0399^^^^039a^^^^039b^^^^039c^^^^039d^^^^039e^^^^039f% + ^^^^03a0^^^^03a1^^^^03a2^^^^03a3^^^^03a4^^^^03a5^^^^03a6^^^^03a7% + ^^^^03a8^^^^03a9^^^^03aa^^^^03ab^^^^03ac^^^^03ad^^^^03ae^^^^03af% + ^^^^03b0^^^^03b1^^^^03b2^^^^03b3^^^^03b4^^^^03b5^^^^03b6^^^^03b7% + ^^^^03b8^^^^03b9^^^^03ba^^^^03bb^^^^03bc^^^^03bd^^^^03be^^^^03bf% + ^^^^03c0^^^^03c1^^^^03c2^^^^03c3^^^^03c4^^^^03c5^^^^03c6^^^^03c7% + ^^^^03c8^^^^03c9^^^^03ca^^^^03cb^^^^03cc^^^^03cd^^^^03ce^^^^03cf% + ^^^^03d0^^^^03d1^^^^03d2^^^^03d3^^^^03d4^^^^03d5^^^^03d6^^^^03d7% + ^^^^03d8^^^^03d9^^^^03da^^^^03db^^^^03dc^^^^03dd^^^^03de^^^^03df% + ^^^^03e0^^^^03e1% + % Greek extended support + ^^^^1f00^^^^1f01^^^^1f02^^^^1f03^^^^1f04^^^^1f05^^^^1f06^^^^1f07% + ^^^^1f08^^^^1f09^^^^1f0a^^^^1f0b^^^^1f0c^^^^1f0d^^^^1f0e^^^^1f0f% + ^^^^1f10^^^^1f11^^^^1f12^^^^1f13^^^^1f14^^^^1f15^^^^1f16^^^^1f17% + ^^^^1f18^^^^1f19^^^^1f1a^^^^1f1b^^^^1f1c^^^^1f1d^^^^1f1e^^^^1f1f% + ^^^^1f20^^^^1f21^^^^1f22^^^^1f23^^^^1f24^^^^1f25^^^^1f26^^^^1f27% + ^^^^1f28^^^^1f29^^^^1f2a^^^^1f2b^^^^1f2c^^^^1f2d^^^^1f2e^^^^1f2f% + ^^^^1f30^^^^1f31^^^^1f32^^^^1f33^^^^1f34^^^^1f35^^^^1f36^^^^1f37% + ^^^^1f38^^^^1f39^^^^1f3a^^^^1f3b^^^^1f3c^^^^1f3d^^^^1f3e^^^^1f3f% + ^^^^1f40^^^^1f41^^^^1f42^^^^1f43^^^^1f44^^^^1f45^^^^1f46^^^^1f47% + ^^^^1f48^^^^1f49^^^^1f4a^^^^1f4b^^^^1f4c^^^^1f4d^^^^1f4e^^^^1f4f% + ^^^^1f50^^^^1f51^^^^1f52^^^^1f53^^^^1f54^^^^1f55^^^^1f56^^^^1f57% + ^^^^1f58^^^^1f59^^^^1f5a^^^^1f5b^^^^1f5c^^^^1f5d^^^^1f5e^^^^1f5f% + ^^^^1f60^^^^1f61^^^^1f62^^^^1f63^^^^1f64^^^^1f65^^^^1f66^^^^1f67% + ^^^^1f68^^^^1f69^^^^1f6a^^^^1f6b^^^^1f6c^^^^1f6d^^^^1f6e^^^^1f6f% + ^^^^1f70^^^^1f71^^^^1f72^^^^1f73^^^^1f74^^^^1f75^^^^1f76^^^^1f77% + ^^^^1f78^^^^1f79^^^^1f7a^^^^1f7b^^^^1f7c^^^^1f7d^^^^1f7e^^^^1f7f% + ^^^^1f80^^^^1f81^^^^1f82^^^^1f83^^^^1f84^^^^1f85^^^^1f86^^^^1f87% + ^^^^1f88^^^^1f89^^^^1f8a^^^^1f8b^^^^1f8c^^^^1f8d^^^^1f8e^^^^1f8f% + ^^^^1f90^^^^1f91^^^^1f92^^^^1f93^^^^1f94^^^^1f95^^^^1f96^^^^1f97% + ^^^^1f98^^^^1f99^^^^1f9a^^^^1f9b^^^^1f9c^^^^1f9d^^^^1f9e^^^^1f9f% + ^^^^1fa0^^^^1fa1^^^^1fa2^^^^1fa3^^^^1fa4^^^^1fa5^^^^1fa6^^^^1fa7% + ^^^^1fa8^^^^1fa9^^^^1faa^^^^1fab^^^^1fac^^^^1fad^^^^1fae^^^^1faf% + ^^^^1fb0^^^^1fb1^^^^1fb2^^^^1fb3^^^^1fb4^^^^1fb5^^^^1fb6^^^^1fb7% + ^^^^1fb8^^^^1fb9^^^^1fba^^^^1fbb^^^^1fbc^^^^1fbd^^^^1fbe^^^^1fbf% + ^^^^1fc0^^^^1fc1^^^^1fc2^^^^1fc3^^^^1fc4^^^^1fc5^^^^1fc6^^^^1fc7% + ^^^^1fc8^^^^1fc9^^^^1fca^^^^1fcb^^^^1fcc^^^^1fcd^^^^1fce^^^^1fcf% + ^^^^1fd0^^^^1fd1^^^^1fd2^^^^1fd3^^^^1fd4^^^^1fd5^^^^1fd6^^^^1fd7% + ^^^^1fd8^^^^1fd9^^^^1fda^^^^1fdb^^^^1fdc^^^^1fdd^^^^1fde^^^^1fdf% + ^^^^1fe0^^^^1fe1^^^^1fe2^^^^1fe3^^^^1fe4^^^^1fe5^^^^1fe6^^^^1fe7% + ^^^^1fe8^^^^1fe9^^^^1fea^^^^1feb^^^^1fec^^^^1fed^^^^1fee^^^^1fef% + ^^^^1ff0^^^^1ff1^^^^1ff2^^^^1ff3^^^^1ff4^^^^1ff5^^^^1ff6^^^^1ff7% + ^^^^1ff8^^^^1ff9^^^^1ffa^^^^1ffb^^^^1ffc^^^^1ffd^^^^1ffe^^^^1fff% + % General punctuation + ^^^^201c^^^^201d% + ^^00} +\lst@RestoreCatcodes +\makeatother + +\begin{document} + +\title{Biblatex-SBL Examples and Test File} +\author{David Purton} +\maketitle + +\tableofcontents + +\clearpage + +\setcounter{section}{5} + +\section{Notes and Bibliographies} + +\setcounter{subsection}{1} +\subsection{General Examples: Books} + +\subsubsection{A Book by a Single Author} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{talbert:1992, + author = {Talbert, Charles H.}, + title = {Reading John: A Literary and Theological Commentary on the Fourth Gospel and the Johannine Epistles}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {Crossroad}, + date = {1992} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{15}[127]{talbert:1992} + \samplecite{19}[22]{talbert:1992} + \samplebib{talbert:1992} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}15. Charles H. Talbert, \emph{Reading John: A Literary + and Theological Commentary on the Fourth Gospel and the Johannine Epistles} + (New York: Crossroad, 1992), 127. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}19. Talbert, \emph{Reading John,} 22. + + \hangindent\bibindent Talbert, Charles H. \emph{Reading John: A Literary and + Theological Commentary on the Fourth Gospel and the Johannine Epistles.} New + York: Crossroad, 1992. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Book by Two or Three Authors} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{robinson+koester:1971, + author = {Robinson, James M. and Koester, Helmut}, + title = {Trajectories through Early Christianity}, + location = {Philadelphia}, + publisher = {Fortress}, + date = {1971} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{4}[237]{robinson+koester:1971} + \samplecite{12}[23]{robinson+koester:1971} + \samplebib{robinson+koester:1971} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}4. James M. Robinson and Helmut Koester, + \emph{Trajectories through Early Christianity} (Philadelphia: Fortress, + 1971), 237. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}12. Robinson and Koester, \emph{Trajectories through + Early Christianity,} 23. + + \hangindent\bibindent Robinson, James M., and Helmut Koester. \emph{Trajectories + through Early Christianity.} Philadelphia: Fortress, 1971. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Book by More than Three Authors} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{scott+etal:1993, + author = {Scott, Bernard Brandon and Dean, Margaret and Sparks, Kristen and LaZar, Frances}, + title = {Reading New Testament Greek}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1993} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{7}[53]{scott+etal:1993} + \samplecite{9}[42]{scott+etal:1993} + \samplebib{scott+etal:1993} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}7. Bernard Brandon Scott et al., \emph{Reading New + Testament Greek} (Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1993), 53. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}9. Scott et al., \emph{Reading New Testament Greek,} 42. + + \hangindent\bibindent Scott, Bernard Brandon, Margaret Dean, Kristen Sparks, + and Frances LaZar. \emph{Reading New Testament Greek.} Peabody, MA: + Hendrickson, 1993. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Translated Volume} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{egger:1996, + author = {Egger, Wilhelm}, + title = {How to Read the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology}, + shorttitle = {How to Read}, + translator = {Heinegg, Peter}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1996} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{14}[28]{egger:1996} + \samplecite{18}[291]{egger:1996} + \samplebib{egger:1996} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}14. Wilhelm Egger, \emph{How to Read the New Testament: + An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology,} trans.\@ + Peter Heinegg (Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1996), 28. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}18. Egger, \emph{How to Read,} 291. + + \hangindent\bibindent Egger, Wilhelm. \emph{How to Read the New Testament: + An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology.} + Translated by Peter Heinegg. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1996. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{The Full History of a Translated Volume} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{wellhausen:1883, + author = {Wellhausen, Julius}, + title = {Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels}, + edition = {2}, + location = {Berlin}, + publisher = {Reimer}, + date = {1883} +} + +@book{wellhausen:1885, + author = {Wellhausen, Julius}, + title = {Prolegomena to the History of Israel}, + translator = {Black, J. Sutherland and Enzies, A.}, + withtranslator = {Smith, W. Robertson}, + withtranslatortype = {withpreface}, + location = {Edinburgh}, + publisher = {Black}, + related = {wellhausen:1883}, + relatedtype = {translationof}, + date = {1885} +} + +@book{wellhausen:1957, + author = {Wellhausen, Julius}, + title = {Prolegomena to the History of Ancient Israel}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {Meridian Books}, + related = {wellhausen:1885}, + relatedtype = {reprintof}, + date = {1957} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[296]\{wellhausen:1957\}} + \sloppy\samplecite*{3}[296]{wellhausen:1957} + \samplebib{wellhausen:1957} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}3. Julius Wellhausen, \emph{Prolegomena to the History + of Ancient Israel} (New York: Meridian Books, 1957), 296; repr. of + \emph{Prolegomena to the History of Israel,} trans.\@ J.~Sutherland Black and + A.~Enzies, with preface by W.~Robertson Smith (Edinburgh: Black, 1885); + trans.\@ of \emph{Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels,} 2nd~ed. (Berlin: + Reimer, 1883). + + \hangindent\bibindent Julius Wellhausen,\footnote{Should be “Wellhausen, + Julius.”?} \emph{Prolegomena to the History of Ancient Israel.} New York: + Meridian Books, 1957. Reprint of \emph{Prolegomena to the History of + Israel.} Translated by J.~Sutherland Black and A.~Enzies, with preface by + W.~Robertson Smith. Edinburgh: Black, 1885. Translation of \emph{Prolegomena + zur Geschichte Israels.} 2nd~ed. Berlin: Reimer, 1883. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Book with One Editor} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{tigay:1985, + editor = {Tigay, Jeffrey H.}, + title = {Empirical Models for Biblical Criticism}, + shorttitle = {Empiracle Models}, + location = {Philadelphia}, + publisher = {University of Pennsylvania Press}, + date = {1985} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{5}[35]{tigay:1985} + \samplecite{9}[38]{tigay:1985} + \samplebib{tigay:1985} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Jeffrey H. Tigay, ed., \emph{Empirical Models for + Biblical Criticism} (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1985), + 35. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}9. Tigay, \emph{Empirical Models,} 38. + + \hangindent\bibindent Tigay, Jeffrey H., ed. \emph{Empirical Models for + Biblical Criticism.} Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, + 1985. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Book with Two or Three Editors} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{kaltner+mckenzie:2002, + editor = {Kaltner, John and McKenzie, Steven L.}, + title = {Beyond Babel: A Handbook for Biblical Hebrew and Related Languages}, + series = {Resources for Biblical Study}, + shortseries = {RBS}, + number = {42}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature}, + date = {2002} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{44}[xii]{kaltner+mckenzie:2002} + \samplecite{47}[viii]{kaltner+mckenzie:2002} + \samplebib{kaltner+mckenzie:2002} + \samplebiblist{kaltner+mckenzie:2002} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}44. John Kaltner and Steven L. McKenzie, eds., + \emph{Beyond Babel: A Handbook for Biblical Hebrew and Related Languages,} + RBS~42 (Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2002), xii. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}47. Kaltner and McKenzie,\footnote{Should include + \emph{“Beyond Babel,”}?} viii. + + \hangindent\bibindent Kaltner, John, and Steven L. McKenzie, eds. + \emph{Beyond Babel: A Handbook for Biblical Hebrew and Related Languages.} + RBS~42. Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2002. + + \refbiblist{RBS}{Resources for Biblical Study} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Book with Four or More Editors} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{oates+etal:2001, + editor = {Oates, John F. and Willis, William H. and Bagnall, Roger S. and Worp, Klass A.}, + title = {Checklist of Editions of Greek and Latin Papyri, Ostraca, and Tablets}, + edition = {5}, + series = {Bulletin of the American Society of Papyrologists, Supplements}, + shortseries = {BASPSup}, + number = {9}, + location = {Oakville, CT}, + publisher = {American Society of Papyrologists}, + date = {2001} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{4}[10]{oates+etal:2001} + \samplebib{oates+etal:2001} + \samplebiblist{oates+etal:2001} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}4. John F. Oates et al., eds., \emph{Checklist of + Editions of Greek and Latin Papyri, Ostraca, and Tablets,} 5th~ed., BASPSup + 9 (Oakville, CT: American Society of Papyrologists, 2001), 10. + + \hangindent\bibindent Oates, John F., William H. Willis, Roger S. Bagnall, + and Klaas A. Worp, eds. \emph{Checklist of Editions of Greek and Latin + Papyri, Ostraca, and Tablets.} 5th~ed. BASPSup~9. Oakville, CT: American + Society of Papyrologists, 2001. + + \refbiblist{BASPSup}{Bulletin of the American Society of Papyrologists, + Supplements} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Book with Both Author and Editor} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{schillebeeckx:1986, + author = {Schillebeeckx, Edward}, + title = {The Schillebeeckx Reader}, + editor = {Schreiter, Robert J.}, + location = {Edinburgh}, + publisher = {T\&T Clark}, + date = {1986} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{45}[20]{schillebeeckx:1986} + \samplebib{schillebeeckx:1986} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}45. Edward Schillebeeckx, \emph{The Schillebeeckx + Reader,} ed.\@ Robert J. Schreiter (Edinburgh: T\&T Clark, 1986), 20. + + \hangindent\bibindent Schillebeeckx, Edward. \emph{The Schillebeeckx + Reader.} Edited by Robert J. Schreiter. Edinburgh: T\&T Clark, 1986. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Book with Author, Editor, and Translator} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{blass+debrunner:1982, + author = {Blass, Friedrich and Debrunner, Albert}, + title = {Grammatica del greco del Nuovo Testamento}, + editor = {Rehkopf, Friedrich}, + translator = {Pisi, Giordana}, + location = {Brescia}, + publisher = {Paideia}, + date = {1982} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{3}[40]{blass+debrunner:1982} + \samplebib{blass+debrunner:1982} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}3. Friedrich Blass and Albert Debrunner, + \emph{Grammatica del greco del Nuovo Testamento,} ed.\@ Friedrich Rehkopf, + trans.\@ Giordana Pisi (Brescia: Paideia, 1982), 40. + + \hangindent\bibindent Blass, Friedrich, and Albert Debrunner. + \emph{Grammatica del greco del Nuovo Testamento.} Edited by Friedrich + Rehkopf. Translated by Giordana Pisi. Brescia: Paideia, 1982. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Title in a Modern Work Citing a Nonroman Alphabet} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@article{irvine:2014, + author = {Irvine, Stuart A.}, + title = {Idols \mkbibbrackets{\mkbibemph{ktbwnm}}: A note on Hosea 13:2a}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature}, + shortjournal = {JBL}, + volume = {133}, + date = {2014}, + pages = {509-517} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{34}{irvine:2014} + \samplebiblist{irvine:2014} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}34. Stuart A. Irvine, “Idols [\emph{ktbwnm}]: A Note on + Hosea 13:2a,” \emph{JBL}~133 (2014): 509–17. + + \refbiblist{\emph{JBL}}{\emph{Journal of Biblical Literature}} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{An Article in and Edited Volume} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@incollection{attridge:1986, + author = {Attridge, Harold W.}, + title = {Jewish Historiography}, + pages = {311-343}, + booktitle = {Early Judaism and Its Modern Interpreters}, + editor = {Kraft, Robert A. and Nickelsburg, George W. E.}, + location = {Philadelphia and Atlanta}, + publisher = {Fortress and Scholars Press}, + date = {1986} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{3}{attridge:1986} + \samplecite{6}{attridge:1986} + \samplebib{attridge:1986} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}3. Harold W. Attridge, “Jewish Historiography,” in + \emph{Early Judaism and Its Modern Interpreters,} ed.\@ Robert A. Kraft and + George W. E. Nickelsburg (Philadelphia: Fortress; Atlanta: Scholars Press, + 1986), 311–43. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}6. Attridge, “Jewish Historiography,” 314–17. + + Attridge, Harold A. “Jewish Historiography.” Pages 311–43 in \emph{Early + Judaism and Its Modern Interpreters.} Edited by Robert A. Kraft and George + W. E. Nickelsburg. Philadelphia: Fortress; Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1986. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{An Article in a Festschrift} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@incollection{vanseters:1995, + author = {Van Seters, John}, + title = {The Theology of the Yahwist: A Preliminary Sketch}, + shorttitle = {Theology of the Yahwist}, + pages = {219-228}, + booktitle = {“Wer ist wie du, Herr, unter den Göttern?”: Studien zur Theologie und Religionsgeschichte Israels für Otto Kaiser zum~70. Geburtstag}, + editor = {Kottsieper, Ingo and others}, + location = {Göttingen}, + publisher = {Vandenhoaeck \& Ruprecht}, + date = {1995} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{8}{vanseters:1995} + \samplecite{17}[222]{vanseters:1995} + \samplebib{vanseters:1995} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}8. John Van Seters, “The Theology of the Yahwist: A + Preliminary Sketch,” in \emph{“Wer ist wie du, Herr, unter den Göttern?”: + Studien zur Theologie und Religionsgeschichte Israels für Otto Kaiser zum +70. Geburtstag,} ed.\@ Ingo Kottsieper et al. (Göttingen: Vandenhoeck \& + Ruprecht, 1995), 219–28. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}17. Van Seters, “Theology of the Yahwist,” 222. + + \hangindent\bibindent Van Seters, John. “The Theology of the Yahwist: A + Preliminary Sketch.” Pages~219–28 in \emph{“Wer ist wie du, Herr, unter den + Göttern?”: Studien zur Theologie und Religionsgeschichte Israels für Otto + Kaiser zum~70. Geburtstag.} Edited by Ingo Kottsieper et al. Göttingen: + Vandenhoeck \& Ruprecht, 1995. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{An Introduction, Preface, or Foreword Written by Someone Other +Than the Author} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@suppbook{boers:1996, + author = {Boers, Hendrikus}, + type = {introduction}, + booktitle = {How to Read the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology}, + bookauthor = {Egger, Wilhelm}, + translator = {Heinegg, Peter}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1996} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{2}[xi-xii]{boers:1996} + \samplecite{6}[xi-xx]{boers:1996} + \samplebib{boers:1996} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}2. Hendrikus Boers, introduction to \emph{How to Read + the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical + Methodology,} by Wilhelm Egger, trans.\@ Peter Heinegg (Peabody; MA: + Hendrickson, 1996), xi–xxi. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}6. Boers, introduction, xi–xx. + + \hangindent\bibindent Boers, Hendrikus. Introduction to \emph{How to Read + the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical + Methodology,} by Wilhelm Egger. Translated by Peter Heinegg. Peabody; MA: + Hendrickson, 1996. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{Multiple Publishers for a Single Book} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{gerhardsson:1961, + author = {Gerhardsson, Birger}, + title = {Memory and Manuscript: Oral Tradition and Written Transmission in Rabbinic Judaism and Early Christianity}, + series = {Acta Seminarii Neotestamentici Upsaliensis}, + shortseries = {ASNU}, + number = {22}, + location = {Lund and Copenhagen}, + publisher = {Gleerup and Munksgaard}, + date = {1961} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplebib{gerhardsson:1961} + \samplebiblist{gerhardsson:1961} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hangindent\bibindent Birger Gerhardsson,\footnote{Should be “Gerhardsson, + Birger.”?} \emph{Memory and Manuscript: Oral Tradition and Written + Transmission in Rabbinic Judaism and Early Christianity.} ASNU~22. Lund: + Gleerup; Copenhagen: Munksgaard, 1961. + + \refbiblist{ASNU}{Acta Seminarii Neotestamentici Upsaliensis} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Revised Edition} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{pritchard:1969, + editor = {Pritchard, James B.}, + title = {Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to the Old Testament}, + edition = {3}, + location = {Princeton}, + publisher = {Princeton University Press}, + date = {1969} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{87}[xxi]{pritchard:1969} + \samplebib{pritchard:1969} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}87. James B. Pritchard, ed., \emph{Ancient Near Eastern + Texts Relating to the Old Testament,} 3rd~ed. (Princeton: Princeton + University Press, 1969), xxi. + + \hangindent\bibindent Pritchard, James B., ed. \emph{Ancient Near Eastern + Texts Relating to the Old Testament.} 3rd~ed. Princeton: Princeton + University Press, 1969. +\end{refimp} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{blenkinsopp:1996, + author = {Blenkinsopp, Joseph}, + title = {A History of Prophecy in Israel}, + edition = {rev.\@ and enl.\@ ed.}, + location = {Louisville}, + publisher = {Westminster John Knox}, + date = {1996} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{56}[81]{blenkinsopp:1996} + \samplebib{blenkinsopp:1996} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}56. Joseph Blenkinsopp, \emph{A History of Prophecy in + Israel,} rev.\@ and enl.\@ ed. (Louisville: Westminster John Knox, 1996), 81. + + \hangindent\bibindent Blenkinsopp, Joseph. \emph{A History of Prophecy in + Israel.} Rev.\@ and enl.\@ ed. Louisville: Westminster John Knox, 1996. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Recent Reprint Title} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{vanseters:1997, + author = {Van Seters, John}, + title = {In Search of History: Histeriography in the Ancient World and the Origins of Biblical History}, + origlocation = {New Haven}, + origpublisher = {Yale University Press}, + origdate = {1983}, + location = {Winona Lake, IN}, + publisher = {Eisenbrauns}, + date = {1997} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{5}[35]{vanseters:1997} + \samplebib{vanseters:1997} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}5. John Van Seters, \emph{In Search of History: + Historiography in the Ancient World and the Origins of Biblical History} + (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1983; repr., Winona Lake, IN: + Eisenbrauns, 1997), 35. + + \hangindent\bibindent Van Seters, John. \emph{In Search of History: + Historiography in the Ancient World and the Origins of Biblical History.} + New Haven: Yale University Press, 1983. Repr., Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns, + 1997. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Reprint Title in the Public Domain} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{deissmann:1995, + author = {Deissmann, Gustav Adolf}, + title = {Light from the Ancient East: The New Testament Illustrated by Recently Discovered Texts of the Graeco-Roman World}, + translator = {Strachan, Lionel R. M.}, + origdate = {1927}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1995} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{5}[55]{deissmann:1995} + \samplebib{deissmann:1995} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Gustav Adolf Deissmann, \emph{Light from the Ancient + East: The New Testament Illustrated by Recently Discovered Texts of the + Graeco-Roman World} (trans.\@ Lionel R. M. Strachan;\footnote{Should be “, + trans.\@ Lionel R.\ M.\ Strachan (”?} 1927; repr., Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, + 1995), 55. + + \hangindent\bibindent Deissmann, Gustav Adolf. \emph{Light from the Ancient + East: The New Testament Illustrated by Recently Discovered Texts of the + Graeco-Roman World.} Translated by Lionel R. M. Strachan. 1927. Repr., Peabody, + MA: Hendrickson, 1995. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Forthcoming Book} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{harrison+welborn:forthcoming, + editor = {Harrison, James R. and Welborn, L. L.}, + title = {The First Urban Churches 2: Roman Corinth}, + shorttitle = {Roman Corinth}, + series = {Writings from the Greco-Roman World Supplement Series}, + shortseries = {WGRWSup}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {SBL Press}, + pubstate = {forthcoming} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{9}{harrison+welborn:forthcoming} + \samplecite{12}[201]{harrison+welborn:forthcoming} + \samplebib{harrison+welborn:forthcoming} + \samplebiblist{harrison+welborn:forthcoming} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}9. James R. Harrison and L. L. Welborn, eds., \emph{The + First Urban Churches 2: Roman Corinth,} WGRWSup (Atlanta: SBL Press, + forthcoming). + + \hspace*{\bibindent}12. Harrison and Welborn, \emph{Roman Corinth,} 201. + + \hangindent\bibindent Harrison, James R.\footnote{Should be “Harrison, James + R.,”} and L. L. Welborn, eds. \emph{The First Urban Churches 2: Roman + Corinth.} WGRWSup. Atlanta: SBL Press, forthcoming. + + \refbiblist{WGRWSup}{Writings from the Greco-Roman World Supplement Series} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Multivolume Work} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvbook{harnack:1896-1905, + author = {Harnack, Adolf}, + title = {History of Dogma}, + translator = {Buchanan, Neil}, + origlanguage = {the 3rd German ed.}, + volumes = {7}, + location = {Boston}, + publisher = {Little, Brown}, + date = {1896/1905} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{5}{harnack:1896-1905} + \samplecite{9}[2:126]{harnack:1896-1905} + \samplebib{harnack:1896-1905} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Adolf Harnack, \emph{History of Dogma,} trans.\@ Neil + Buchanan, 7 vols. (Boston: Little, Brown). + + \hspace*{\bibindent}9. Harnack, \emph{History of Dogma,} 2:126. + + \hangindent\bibindent Harnack, Adolf. \emph{History of Dogma.} Translated + from the 3rd German ed.\@ by Neil Buchanan. 7 vols. Boston: Little, Brown, + 1896–1905. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Titled Volume in a Multivolume, Edited Work} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@collection{winter+clarke:1993, + editor = {Winter, Bruce W. and Clarke, Andrew D.}, + title = {The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting}, + shorttitle = {Book of Acts}, + volume = {1}, + maintitle = {The Book of Acts in Its First Century Setting}, + maineditor = {Winter, Bruce W.}, + location = {Grand Rapids}, + publisher = {Eerdmans}, + date = {1993} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{5}[25]{winter+clarke:1993} + \samplecite{16}[25]{winter+clarke:1993} + \samplebib{winter+clarke:1993} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Bruce W. Winter and Andrew D. Clarke, eds., \emph{The + Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting,} vol.~1 of \emph{The Book of + Acts in Its First Century Setting,} ed.\@ Bruce W. Winter (Grand Rapids: + Eerdmans, 1993), 25. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}16. Winter and Clarke, \emph{Book of Acts,} 25. + + \hangindent\bibindent Winter, Bruce W., and Andrew D. Clarke, eds. \emph{The + Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting.} Vol.~1 of \emph{The Book of + Acts in Its First Century Setting.} Edited by Bruce W. Winter. Grand Rapids: + Eerdmans, 1993. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Chapter within a Multivolume Work} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@incollection{mason:1996, + author = {Mason, Steve}, + title = {Josephus on Canon and Scriptures}, + pages = {217-235}, + volume = {1}, + part = {1}, + maintitle = {Hebrew Bible\slash Old Testament: The History of Its Interpretation}, + editor = {Sæbø, Magne}, + location = {Göttingen}, + publisher = {Vandenhoaeck \& Ruprecht}, + date = {1996} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{24}{mason:1996} + \samplecite{28}[224]{mason:1996} + \samplebib{mason:1996} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}24. Steve Mason, “Josephus on Canon and Scriptures,” in + \emph{Hebrew Bible\slash Old Testament: The History of Its Interpretation,} + ed.\@ Magne Saebø (Göttingen: Vandenhoeck \& Ruprecht, 1996), + 1.1:217–335.\footnote{Should be “1.1:217–35.”?} + + \hspace*{\bibindent}28. Mason, “Josephus on Canon and Scriptures,” 224. + + \hangindent\bibindent Mason, Steve. “Josephus on Canon and Scriptures.” + Pages 217–35 in vol.~1, part 1 of \emph{Hebrew Bible\slash Old Testament: + The History of Its Interpretation.} Edited by Magne Saebø. Göttingen: + Vandenhoeck \& Ruprecht, 1996. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Chapter within a Titled Volume in a Multivolume Work} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@incollection{peterson:1993, + author = {Peterson, David}, + title = {The Motif of Fulfilment and the Purpose of Luke-Acts}, + shorttitle = {Motif of Fulfilment}, + pages = {83-104}, + booktitle = {The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting}, + bookeditor = {Winter, Bruce W. and Clarke, Andrew D.}, + volume = {1}, + maintitle = {The Book of Acts in Its First Century Setting}, + maineditor = {Winter, Bruce W.}, + location = {Grand Rapids}, + publisher = {Eerdmans}, + date = {1993} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{66}{peterson:1993} + \samplecite{78}[92]{peterson:1993} + \samplebib{peterson:1993} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}66. David Peterson, “The Motif of Fulfilment and the + Purpose of Luke-Acts,” in \emph{The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary + Setting,} ed.\@ Bruce W. Winter and Andrew D. Clarke, vol.~1 of \emph{The + Book of Acts in Its First Century Setting,} ed.\@ Bruce W. Winter (Grand + Rapids: Eerdmans, 1993), 83–104. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}78. Peterson, “Motif of Fulfilment,” 92. + + \hangindent\bibindent David Peterson,\footnote{Should be “Peterson, + David.”?} “The Motif of Fulfilment and the Purpose of Luke-Acts.” + Pages~83–104 in \emph{The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting.} + Edited by Bruce W. Winter and Andrew D. Clarke. Vol.~1 of \emph{The Book of + Acts in Its First Century Setting.} Edited by Bruce W. Winter. Grand Rapids: + Eerdmans, 1993. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Work in a Series} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{hofius:1989, + author = {Hofius, Otfried}, + title = {Paulusstudien}, + series = {Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zum Neuen Testament}, + shortseries = {WUNT}, + number = {51}, + location = {Tübingen}, + publisher = {Mohr Siebeck}, + date = {1989} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{12}[122]{hofius:1989} + \samplecite{14}[124]{hofius:1989} + \samplebib{hofius:1989} + \samplebiblist{hofius:1989} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}12. Otfried Hofius, \emph{Paulusstudien,} WUNT 51 + (Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 1989), 122. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}14. Hofius, \emph{Paulusstudien,} 124. + + Hofius, Otfried. \emph{Paulusstudien.} WUNT~51. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, + 1989. + + \refbiblist{WUNT}{Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zum Neuen Testament} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{jeremias:1967, + author = {Jeremias, Joachim}, + title = {The Prayers of Jesus}, + shorttitle = {Prayers}, + series = {Studies in Biblical Theology}, + shortseries = {SBT}, + seriesseries = {2}, + number = {6}, + location = {Naperville, IL}, + publisher = {Allenson}, + date = {1967} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{23}[123-127]{jeremias:1967} + \samplecite{32}[126]{jeremias:1967} + \samplebib{jeremias:1967} + \samplebiblist{jeremias:1967} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}23. Joachim Jeremias, \emph{The Prayers of Jesus,} + SBT~2/6 (Naperville, IL: Allenson, 1967), 123–27. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}32. Jeremias, \emph{Prayers,} 126. + + \hangindent\bibindent Jeremias, Joachim. \emph{The Prayers of Jesus.} + SBT~2/6. Naperville, IL: Allenson, 1967. + + \refbiblist{SBT}{Studies in Biblical Theology} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{Electronic Book} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{reventlow:2009, + author = {Reventlow, Henning Graf}, + title = {From the Old Testament to Origen}, + volume = {1}, + maintitle = {History of Biblical Interpretation}, + translator = {Perdue, Leo G.}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature}, + date = {2009}, + eprint = {Nook}, + eprinttype = {ebook} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{14}[ch.~1.3]{reventlow:2009} + \samplecite{18}[ch.~1.3]{reventlow:2009} + \samplebib{reventlow:2009} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}14. Henning Graf Reventlow, \emph{From the Old Testament + to Origen.} Vol.~1\footnote{Should be “, vol.~1”?} of \emph{History of + Biblical Interpretation,} trans.\@ Leo G. Perdue (Atlanta: Society of + Biblical Literature, 2009), Nook edition, ch.~1.3. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}18. Reventlow, \emph{From the Old Testament to Origen,} + ch.~1.3. + + \hangindent\bibindent Reventlow, Henning Graf. \emph{From the Old Testament + to Origen.} Volume\footnote{Should be “Vol.” as elsewhere?} 1 of + \emph{History of Biblical Interpretation.} Translated by Leo G. Perdue. + Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2009. Nook edition. +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{wright:2014, + author = {Wright, Jacob L.}, + title = {David, King of Israel, and Caleb in Biblical Memory}, + shorttitle = {David, King of Israel}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, + date = {2014}, + eprint = {Kindle}, + eprinttype = {ebook} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[ch.\textasciitilde 3, \textbackslash + mkibquote\{Introducing David\}]\{wright:2014\}} + \samplecite*{3}[ch.~3, \mkbibquote{Introducing David}]{wright:2014} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[ch.\textasciitilde 5, \textbackslash + mkibquote\{Evidence from Qumran\}]\{wright:2014\}} + \samplecite*{21}[ch.~5, \mkbibquote{Evidence from Qumran}]{wright:2014} + \samplebib{wright:2014} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}3. Jacob L. Wright, \emph{David, King of Israel, and + Caleb in Biblical Memory} (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2014), + Kindle edition, ch.~3, “Introducing David.” + + \hspace*{\bibindent}21. Wright, \emph{David, King of Israel,} ch.~5, + “Evidence from Qumran.” + + \hangindent\bibindent Jacob L. Wright, \emph{David, King of Israel, and + Caleb in Biblical Memory.} Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2014. + Kindle edition. +\end{refimp} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{killebrew+steiner:2014, + editor = {Killebrew, Ann E. and Steiner, Margreet}, + title = {The Oxford Handbook of the Archaeology of the Levant: c.~8000--332 BCE}, + shorttitle = {Archaeology of the Levant}, + location = {Oxford}, + publisher = {Oxford University Press}, + date = {2014}, + doi = {10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199212972.001.0001} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{53}{killebrew+steiner:2014} + \samplecite{55}{killebrew+steiner:2014} + \samplebib{killebrew+steiner:2014} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}53. Ann E. Killebrew and Margreet Steiner, eds., + \emph{The Oxford Handbook of the Archaeology of the Levant: c.~8000–332 BCE} + (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2014), + doi:10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199212972.001.0001. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}55. Killebrew and Steiner, \emph{Archaeology of the + Levant.} + + \hangindent\bibindent Killebrew, Ann E.\footnote{Should be “Killebrew, Ann + E.,”?} and Margreet Steiner, eds. \emph{The Oxford Handbook of the + Archaeology of the Levant: c.~8000–332 BCE.} Oxford: Oxford University + Press, 2014. doi:10.1093/ oxfordhb/9780199212972.001.0001. +\end{refimp} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{kaufman:1974, + author = {Kaufman, Stephen}, + title = {The Akkadian Influences on Aramaic}, + series = {Assyriological Studies}, + shortseries = {AS}, + number = {19}, + location = {Chicago}, + publisher = {The Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago}, + date = {1974}, + url = {http://oi.uchicago.edu/pdf/as19.pdf} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{29}{kaufman:1974} + \samplecite{32}[123]{kaufman:1974} + \samplebib{kaufman:1974} + \samplebiblist{kaufman:1974} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}29. Stephen Kaufman. \emph{The Akkadian Influences on + Aramaic,} AS~19 (Chicago: The Oriental Institute of the University of + Chicago, 1974), \nolinkurl{http://oi.uchicago.edu/pdf/as19.pdf.} + + \hspace*{\bibindent}32. Kaufman, \emph{Akkadian Influences on Aramaic,} 123. + + \hangindent\bibindent Kaufman, Stephen. \emph{The Akkadian Influences on + Aramaic.} AS~19. Chicago: The Oriental Institute of the University of + Chicago, 1974. \nolinkurl{http://oi.uchicago.edu/pdf/as19.pdf.} + + \refbiblist{AS}{Assyriological Studies} +\end{refimp} + +\subsection{General Examples: Journal Articles, Reviews, and Dissertations} + +\subsubsection{A Journal Article} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@article{leyerle:1993, + author = {Leyerle, Blake}, + title = {John Chrysostom on the Gaze}, + shorttitle = {Chrysostom}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Early Christian Studies}, + shortjournal = {JECS}, + volume = {1}, + date = {1993}, + pages = {159-174} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{7}{leyerle:1993} + \samplecite{23}[161]{leyerle:1993} + \samplebib{leyerle:1993} + \samplebiblist{leyerle:1993} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}7. Blake Leyerle, “John Chrysostom on the Gaze,” + \emph{JECS} 1 (1993): 159–74. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}23. Leyerle, “John Chrysostom,” 161. + + \hangindent\bibindent Leyerle, Blake. “John Chrysostom on the Gaze.” + \emph{JECS} 1 (1993): 159–74. + + \refbiblist{\emph{JECS}}{\emph{Journal of Early Christian Studies}} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Journal Article with Multiple Page Locations and Volumes} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@article{wildberger:1965, + author = {Wildberger, Hans}, + title = {Das Abbild Gottes: Gen 1:26--30}, + journaltitle = {Theologische Zeitschrift}, + shortjournal = {TZ}, + volume = {21}, + date = {1965}, + pages = {245-259, 481-501} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{21}{wildberger:1965} + \samplebib{wildberger:1965} + \samplebiblist{wildberger:1965} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}21. Hans Wildberger, “Das Abbild Gottes: Gen 1:26–30,” + \emph{TZ}~21 (1965): 245–59, 481–501. + + \hangindent\bibindent Wildberger, Hans. “Das Abbild Gottes: Gen 1:26–30.” + \emph{TZ}~21 (1965): 245–59, 481–501. + + \refbiblist{\emph{TZ}}{\emph{Theologische Zeitschrift}} +\end{refimp} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@article{wellhausen:1876-1877, + author = {Wellhausen, Julius}, + title = {Die Composition des Hexateuchs}, + journaltitle = {Jahrbuch für deutsche Theologie}, + shortjournal = {JDT}, + pages = {21 \mkbibparens{1876}: 392--450\addsemicolon\space 22 \mkbibparens{1877}: 407--479} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{24}{wellhausen:1876-1877} + \samplebib{wellhausen:1876-1877} + \samplebiblist{wellhausen:1876-1877} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}24. Julius Wellhausen, “Die Composition des Hexateuchs,” + \emph{JDT}~21 (1876): 392–450; 22 (1877): 407–79. + + \hangindent\bibindent Wellhausen, Julius. “Die Composition des Hexateuchs.” + \emph{JDT}~21 (1876): 392–450; 22 (1877): 407–79. + + \refbiblist{\emph{JDT}}{\emph{Jahrbuch für deutsche Theologie}} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Journal Article Republished in a Collected Volume} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@article{freedman:1977, + author = {Freedman, David Noel}, + title = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: An Essay on Biblical Poetry}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature}, + shortjournal = {JBL}, + volume = {96}, + date = {1977}, + pages = {5-26} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{20}[20]{freedman:1977} + \samplebib{freedman:1977} + \samplebiblist{freedman:1977} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}20. David Noel Freedman, “Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: + An Essay on Biblical Poetry,” \emph{JBL}~96 (1977): 20.\footnote{Should be + “5–26” (full page reference) as elsewhere?} + + \hangindent\bibindent Freedman, David Noel. “Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: + An Essay on Biblical Poetry.” \emph{JBL}~96 (1977): 5–26. + + \refbiblist{\emph{JBL}}{\emph{Journal of Biblical Literature}} +\end{refimp} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@incollection{freedman:1980, + author = {Freedman, David Noel}, + title = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: An Essay on Biblical Poetry}, + booktitle = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: Studies in Early Hebrew Poetry}, + location = {Winona Lake, IN}, + publisher = {Eisenbrauns}, + date = {1980}, + pages = {1-22} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{20}[14]{freedman:1980} + \samplebib{freedman:1980} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}20. David Noel Freedman, “Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: + An Essay on Biblical Poetry,” in \emph{Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: + Studies in Early Hebrew Poetry} (Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns, 1980), + 14.\footnote{Should be “1–22” (full page reference) as elsewhere?} + + \hangindent\bibindent Freedman, David Noel. “Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: + An Essay on Biblical Poetry.” Pages 1–22 in \emph{Pottery, Poetry, and + Prophecy: Studies in Early Hebrew Poetry.} Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns, + 1980. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Book Review} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@review{teeple:1966, + author = {Teeple, Howard M.}, + revdauthor = {Robert, André and Feuillet, André}, + revdtitle = {Introduction to the New Testament}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Bible and Religion}, + shortjournal = {JBR}, + volume = {34}, + date = {1966}, + pages = {368-370} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{8}{teeple:1966} + \samplecite{21}[369]{teeple:1966} + \samplebib{teeple:1966} + \samplebiblist{teeple:1966} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}8. Howard M. Teeple, review of \emph{Introduction to the + New Testament,} by André Robert and André Feuillet, \emph{JBR} 34 (1966): + 368–70. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}21. Teeple, review of \emph{Introduction to the New + Testament} (by Robert and Feuillet), 369. + + \hangindent\bibindent Teeple, Howard M. Review of \emph{Introduction to the + New Testament,} by André Robert and André Feuillet. \emph{JBR} 34 (1966): + 368–70. + + \refbiblist{\emph{JBR}}{\emph{Journal of Bible and Religion}} +\end{refimp} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@review{pelikan:1992, + author = {Pelikan, Jaroslav}, + title = {The Things That You're Liable to Read in the Bible}, + revdeditor = {Freedman, David Noel}, + revdtitle = {The Anchor Bible Dictionary}, + journaltitle = {New York Times Review of Books}, + date = {1992-12-20}, + pages = {3} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{9}{pelikan:1992} + \samplebib{pelikan:1992} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}9. Jaroslav Pelikan, “The Things That You're Liable to + Read in the Bible,” review of \emph{The Anchor Bible Dictionary,} ed.\@ + David Noel Freedman. \emph{New York Times Review of Books,} 20 December + 1992, 3. + + \hangindent\bibindent Pelikan, Jaroslav. “The Things That You're Liable to + Read in the Bible,” review of \emph{The Anchor Bible Dictionary,} ed.\@ + David Noel Freedman. \emph{New York Times Review of Books,} 20 December + 1992, 3. +\end{refimp} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@article{petersen:1988, + author = {Petersen, David L.}, + title = {Hebrew Bible Textbooks: A Review Article}, + journaltitle = {Critical Review of Books in Religion}, + shortjournal = {CRBR}, + volume = {1}, + date = {1988}, + pages = {1-18} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{7}{petersen:1988} + \samplecite{14}[8]{petersen:1988} + \samplebib{petersen:1988} + \samplebiblist{petersen:1988} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}7. David Petersen, “Hebrew Bible Textbooks: A Review + Article,” \emph{CRBR} 1 (1988): 1–18. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}14. Petersen, “Hebrew Bible Textbooks,” 8. + + \hangindent\bibindent Petersen, David. “Hebrew Bible Textbooks: A Review + Article.” \emph{CRBR} 1 (1988): 1–18. + + \refbiblist{\emph{CRBR}}{\emph{Critical Review of Books in Religion}} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{An Unpublished Dissertation or Thesis} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@thesis{klosinski:1988, + author = {Klosinski, Lee E.}, + title = {Meals in Mark}, + type = {phdthesis}, + institution = {The Claremont Graduate School}, + date = {1988} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{21}[22-44]{klosinski:1988} + \samplecite{26}[23]{klosinski:1988} + \samplebib{klosinski:1988} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}21. Lee E. Klosinski, “Meals in Mark” (PhD diss., The + Claremont Graduate School, 1988), 22–44. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}26. Klosinski, “Meals in Mark,” 23. + + \hangindent\bibindent Klosinski, Lee. E. “Meals in Mark.” PhD diss., The + Claremont Graduate School, 1988. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{An Article in an Encyclopaedia or a Dictionary} + +\paragraph{An Article in a Multivolume Encyclopaedia or Dictionary} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvreference{IDB, + editor = {Buttrick, George A.}, + title = {The Interpreter's Dictionary of the Bible}, + shorttitle = {IDB}, + volumes = {4}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {Abingdon}, + date = {1962}, + shorthand = {IDB} +} + +@inreference{stendahl:1962, + author = {Stendahl, Krister}, + title = {Biblical Theology, Contemporary}, + shorttitle = {Biblical Theology}, + volume = {1}, + pages = {418-432}, + crossref = {IDB}, + xref = {IDB} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{33}{stendahl:1962} + \samplecite{36}[419]{stendahl:1962} + \samplebib{stendahl:1962} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,fullbibrefs]\{biblatex\} \\ + \textbackslash printbibliography} + \toggletrue{fullbibrefs} + \samplebib*{stendahl:1962} + \togglefalse{fullbibrefs} + \samplebiblist{IDB} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}33. Krister Stendahl, “Biblical Theology, Contemporary,” + \emph{IDB} 1:418–32. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}36. Stendahl, “Biblical Theology,” 1:419. + + Stendahl, Krister. “Biblical Theology, Contemporary.” \emph{IDB} 1:418–32. + + \refbiblist{\emph{IDB}}{\emph{The Interpreter's Dictionary of the Bible.} + Edited by George A. Buttrick. 4~vols. New York: Abingdon, 1962} +\end{refimp} + +\paragraph{An Article in a Single-Volume Encyclopaedia or Dictionary} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@reference{DOTP, + editor = {Alexander, T. Desmond and Baker, David W.}, + title = {Dictionary of the Old Testament: Pentateuch}, + shorttitle = {DOTP}, + location = {Downers Grove, IL}, + publisher = {InterVarsity}, + date = {2003}, + shorthand = {DOTP} +} + +@inreference{olson:2003, + author = {Olson, Dennis T.}, + title = {Numbers, Book of}, + shorttitle = {Numbers}, + pages = {611-618}, + crossref = {DOTP}, + xref = {DOTP} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{33}{olson:2003} + \samplecite{36}[612]{olson:2003} + \samplebib{olson:2003} + \samplebiblist{DOTP} +\end{biboutput} + +\subsubsection{An Article in a Lexicon or Theological Dictionary} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvlexicon{NIDNTT, + editor = {Brown, Colin}, + title = {New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology}, + shorttitle = {NIDNTT}, + volumes = {4}, + location = {Grand Rapids}, + publisher = {Zondervan}, + date = {1975/1985}, + shorthand = {NIDNTT} +} + +@inlexicon{dahn+liefeld:see+vision+eye, + author = {Dahn, Karl and Liefeld, Walter L.}, + title = {See, Vision, Eye}, + volume = {3}, + pages = {511-521}, + xref = {NIDNTT} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{3}{dahn+liefeld:see+vision+eye} + \samplebib{NIDNTT} + \samplebiblist{NIDNTT} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}3. Karl Dahn and Walter L. Liefeld, “See, Vision, Eye,” + \emph{NIDNTT} 3:511–21. + + \hangindent\bibindent Brown, Colin, ed. \emph{New International Dictionary + of New Testament Theology.} 4 vols. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1975–1985. + + \refbiblist{\emph{NIDNTT}}{\emph{New International Dictionary of New + Testament Theology.} Edited by Colin Brown. 4 vols. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, + 1975-1985} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvlexicon{TDNT, + editor = {Kittel, Gerhard and Friedrich, Gerhard}, + title = {Theological Dictionary of the New Testament}, + shorttitle = {TDNT}, + translator = {Bromiley, Geoffrey W.}, + volumes = {10}, + location = {Grand Rapids}, + publisher = {Eerdmans}, + date = {1964/1976}, + shorthand = {TDNT} +} + +@inlexicon{beyer:diakoneo+diakonia+ktl, + author = {Beyer, Hermann W.}, + title = {\textgreek{διακονέω, διακονία, κτλ}}, + volume = {2}, + pages = {81-93}, + xref = {TDNT} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{6}{beyer:diakoneo+diakonia+ktl} + \samplecite{25}[83]{beyer:diakoneo+diakonia+ktl} + \samplebib{TDNT} + \samplebiblist{TDNT} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}6. Hermann W. Beyer, “\textgreek{διακονέω, διακονία, κτλ},” + \emph{TDNT} 2:81–93. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}25. Beyer, \emph{TDNT} 2:83. + + \hangindent\bibindent Kittel, Gerhard, and Gerhard Friedrich, eds. + \emph{Theological Dictionary of the New Testament.} Translated by Geoffrey + W. Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1964–1976. + + \refbiblist{\emph{TDNT}}{\emph{Theological Dictionary of the New Testament.} + Edited by Gerhard Kittel and Gerhard Friedrich. Translated by Geoffrey W. + Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1964–1976} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvlexicon{TLNT, + author = {Spicq, Ceslas}, + title = {Theological Lexicon of the New Testament}, + shorttitle = {TLNT}, + editor = {Ernest, James D.}, + translator = {Ernest, James D.}, + volumes = {3}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1994}, + shorthand = {TLNT} +} + +@inlexicon{spicq:atakteo+ataktos+ataktos, + author = {Spicq, Ceslas}, + title = {\textgreek{ἀτακτέω, ἄτακτος, ἀτάκτως}}, + volume = {1}, + pages = {223-224}, + xref = {TLNT} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{7}{spicq:atakteo+ataktos+ataktos} + \samplebib{TLNT} + \samplebiblist{TLNT} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}7. Ceslas Spicq, “\textgreek{ἀτακτέω, ἄτακτος, ἀτάκτως},” + \emph{TLNT} 1:223–24. + + \hangindent\bibindent Spicq, Ceslas. \emph{Theological Lexicon of the New + Testament.} Translated and edited by James D. Ernest. 3 vols. Peabody, MA: + Hendrickson, 1994. + + \refbiblist{\emph{TLNT}}{\emph{Theological Lexicon of the New Testament.} + Ceslas Spicq. Translated and edited by James D. Ernest. 3 vols. Peabody, + MA: Hendrickson, 1994} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvlexicon{TLNT, + author = {Spicq, Ceslas}, + title = {Theological Lexicon of the New Testament}, + shorttitle = {TLNT}, + editor = {Ernest, James D.}, + translator = {Ernest, James D.}, + volumes = {3}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1994}, + shorthand = {TLNT} +} + +@inlexicon{spicq:amoibe, + author = {Spicq, Ceslas}, + title = {\textgreek{ἀμοιβή}}, + volume = {1}, + pages = {95-96}, + xref = {TLNT} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{143}{spicq:amoibe} + \samplecite{147}[95]{spicq:amoibe} + \samplebib{TLNT} + \samplebiblist{TLNT} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + 143. Ceslas Spicq, “\textgreek{ἀμοιβή},” \emph{TLNT} 1:95–96. + + 147. Spicq, \emph{TLNT} 1:95. + + \hangindent\bibindent Spicq, Ceslas. \emph{Theological Lexicon of the New + Testament.} Translated and edited by James D. Ernest. 3 vols. Peabody, MA: + Hendrickson, 1994. + + \refbiblist{\emph{TLNT}}{\emph{Theological Lexicon of the New Testament.} + Ceslas Spicq. Translated and edited by James D. Ernest. 3 vols. Peabody, + MA: Hendrickson, 1994} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvlexicon{TDNT, + editor = {Kittel, Gerhard and Friedrich, Gerhard}, + title = {Theological Dictionary of the New Testament}, + shorttitle = {TDNT}, + translator = {Bromiley, Geoffrey W.}, + volumes = {10}, + location = {Grand Rapids}, + publisher = {Eerdmans}, + date = {1964/1976}, + shorthand = {TDNT} +} + +@inlexicon{beyer:diakoneo, + author = {Beyer, Hermann W.}, + title = {\textgreek{διακονέω}}, + volume = {2}, + pages = {81-87}, + xref = {TDNT} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{23}{beyer:diakoneo} + \samplebib{TDNT} + \samplebiblist{TDNT} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}23. Hermann W. Beyer, “\textgreek{διακονέω},” \emph{TDNT} + 2:81–87. + + \hangindent\bibindent Kittel, Gerhard, and Gerhard Friedrich, eds. + \emph{Theological Dictionary of the New Testament.} Translated by Geoffrey + W. Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1964–1976. + + \refbiblist{\emph{TDNT}}{\emph{Theological Dictionary of the New Testament.} + Edited by Gerhard Kittel and Gerhard Friedrich. Translated by Geoffrey W. + Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1964–1976} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvlexicon{NIDNTT, + editor = {Brown, Colin}, + title = {New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology}, + shorttitle = {NIDNTT}, + volumes = {4}, + location = {Grand Rapids}, + publisher = {Zondervan}, + date = {1975/1985}, + shorthand = {NIDNTT} +} + +@inlexicon{dahn:horao, + author = {Dahn, Karl}, + title = {\textgreek{ὁράω}}, + volume = {3}, + pages = {511-518}, + xref = {NIDNTT} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{26}{dahn:horao} + \samplecite{29}[511]{dahn:horao} + \samplebib{NIDNTT} + \samplebiblist{NIDNTT} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}26. Karl Dahn, “\textgreek{ὁράω},” \emph{NIDNTT} 3:511–18. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}29. Dahn, \emph{NIDNTT} 3:511. + + \hangindent\bibindent Brown, Colin, ed. \emph{New International Dictionary + of New Testament Theology.} 4 vols. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1975–1985. + + \refbiblist{\emph{NIDNTT}}{\emph{New International Dictionary of New + Testament Theology.} Edited by Colin Brown. 4 vols. Grand Rapids: + Zondervan, 1975–1978} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A Paper Presented at a Professional Society} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@misc{SBL, + note = {Society of Biblical Literature}, + shorthand = {SBL}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@conferencepaper{niditch:1994, + author = {Niditch, Susan}, + title = {Oral Culture and Written Documents}, + shorttitle = {Oral Culture}, + eventtitle = {the Annual Meeting of the New England Region of the \citeshorthand{SBL}}, + venue = {Worcester, MA}, + eventdate = {1994-03-25} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{31}[13-17]{niditch:1994} + \samplecite{35}[14]{niditch:1994} + \samplebib{niditch:1994} + \samplebiblist{SBL} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}31. Susan Niditch, “Oral Culture and Written Documents” + (paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the New England Region of the SBL, + Worcester, MA, 25 March 1994), 13–17. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}35. Niditch, “Oral Culture,” 14. + + \hangindent\bibindent Niditch, Susan. “Oral Culture and Written Documents.” + Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the New England Region of the SBL. + Worcester, MA, 25 March 1994. + + \refbiblist{SBL}{Society of Biblical Literature} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{An Article in a Magazine} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@article{saldarini:1998, + author = {Saldarini, Anthony J.}, + title = {Babatha's Story}, + journaltitle = {Biblical Archaeology Review}, + shortjournal = {BAR}, + volume = {24}, + number = {2}, + date = {1998}, + pages = {23-33, 36-37, 72-74} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{8}{saldarini:1998} + \samplecite{27}[28]{saldarini:1998} + \samplebib{saldarini:1998} + \samplebiblist{saldarini:1998} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}8.Anthony J. Saldarini, “Babatha’s Story,” + \emph{BAR}~24.2 (1998): 28–33, 36–37, 72–74. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}27. Saldarini, “Babatha’s Story,” 28. + + \hangindent\bibindent Saldarini, Anthony J. “Babatha’s Story.” + \emph{BAR}~24.2 (1998): 28–33, 36–37, 72–74. + + \refbiblist{\emph{BAR}}{\emph{Biblical Archaeology Review}} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{An Electronic Journal Article} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@article{springer:2014, + author = {Springer, Carl P. E.}, + title = {Of Roosers and \mkbibemph{Repetitio}: Ambrose's \mkbibemph{Aeterne rerum conditor}}, + journaltitle = {Vigiliae Christianae}, + shortjournal = {VC}, + volume = {68}, + date = {2014}, + pages = {155-177}, + doi = {10.1163/15700720-12341158} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{43}{springer:2014} + \samplecite{45}[158]{springer:2014} + \samplebib{springer:2014} + \samplebiblist{springer:2014} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}43. Carl P. E. Springer, “Of Roosters and + \emph{Repetitio}: Ambrose’s \emph{Aeterne rerum conditor},” \emph{VC}~68 + (2014): 155–77, \nolinkurl{doi:10.1163/15700720-12341158}. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}45. Springer, “Of Roosters and \emph{Repetitio},” 158. + + \hangindent\bibindent Springer, Carl P. E. “Of Roosters and + \emph{Repetitio}: Ambrose’s \emph{Aeterne rerum conditor}.” \emph{VC}~68 + (2014): 155–77. \nolinkurl{doi:10.1163/15700720-12341158}. + + \refbiblist{\emph{VC}}{\emph{Vigiliae Christianae}} +\end{refimp} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@article{truehart:1996, + author = {Truehart, Charles}, + title = {Welcome to the Next Church}, + shorttitle = {Next Church}, + url = {http://www.theatlantic.com/atlantic/issues/96aug/nxtchrch/nxtchrch.htm}, + journaltitle = {Atlantic Monthly}, + volume = {278}, + date = {1996-08}, + pages = {37-58} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{8}{truehart:1996} + \samplecite{12}[37]{truehart:1996} + \samplebib{truehart:1996} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}8. Charles Truehart, “Welcome to the Next Church,” + \emph{Atlantic Monthly} 278 (August 1996): 37–58, + \nolinkurl{http://www.theatlantic.com/past/docs/issues/96aug/nxtchrch/nxtchrch.htm}. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}12. Truehart, “Next Church,” 37. + + \sloppy\hangindent\bibindent Truehart, Charles. “Welcome to the Next Church.” + \emph{Atlantic Monthly} 278 (August 1996): 37–58. + \nolinkurl{http://www.theatlantic.com/past/docs/issues/96aug/nxtchrch/nxtchrch.htm}. +\end{refimp} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@article{kirk:2007, + author = {Kirk, Alan}, + title = {Karl Polanyi, Marshall Sahlins, and the Study of Ancient Social Relations}, + shorttitle = {Karl Polanyi}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature}, + shortjournal = {JBL}, + volume = {126}, + date = {2007}, + pages = {182-191}, + doi = {10.2307/27638428}, + url = {http://www.jstor.org/stable/27638428} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{31}{kirk:2007} + \samplecite{35}[186]{kirk:2007} + \samplebib{kirk:2007} + \samplebiblist{kirk:2007} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}31. Alan Kirk, “Karl Polanyi, Marshall Sahlins, and the + Study of Ancient Social Relations,” \emph{JBL}~126 (2007): 182–91, + \nolinkurl{doi:10.2307/27638428}, + \nolinkurl{http://www.jstor.org/stable/27638428}. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}35. Kirk, “Karl Polanyi,” 186. + + \hangindent\bibindent Alan Kirk.\footnote{Should be “Kirk, Alan.”?} “Karl + Polanyi, Marshall Sahlins, and the Study of Ancient Social Relations,” + \emph{JBL}~126 (2007): 182–91. \nolinkurl{doi:10.2307/27638428}. + \nolinkurl{http://www.jstor.org/stable/27638428}. + + \refbiblist{\emph{JBL}}{\emph{Journal of Biblical Literature}} +\end{refimp} + +\subsection{Special Examples} + +\subsubsection{Texts from the Ancient Near East} + +\paragraph{Citing \textsl{COS}} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvcollection{COS, + editor = {Hallo, William W.}, + title = {The Context of Scripture}, + shorttitle = {COS}, + volumes = {3}, + location = {Leiden}, + publisher = {Brill}, + date = {1997/2002}, + shorthand = {COS}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@collection{hallo:1997, + editor = {Hallo, William W.}, + title = {Canonical Compositions from the Biblical World}, + shorttitle = {COS}, + maintitle = {The Context of Scripture}, + volume = {1}, + location = {Leiden}, + publisher = {Brill}, + date = {1997}, + shorthand = {COS}, + xref = {COS}, + options = {skipbiblist} +} + +@ancienttext{greathymnaten, + entrysubtype = {COS}, + title = {The Great Hymn to the Aten}, + shorttitle = {Great Hymn to the Aten}, + translator = {Lichtheim, Miriam}, + volume = {1}, + part = {26}, + pages = {44-46}, + related = {hallo:1997}, + relatedoptions = {usevolume=false,skipbiblist} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{7}{greathymnaten} + \samplecite{11}{greathymnaten} + \samplebib{hallo:1997} + \samplebiblist{COS} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}7. “The Great Hymn to the Aten,” trans.\@ Miriam Lichtheim + (\emph{COS} 1.26:44–46). + + \hspace*{\bibindent}11. “Great Hymn to the Aten,” \emph{COS} 1.26:44–46. + + \hangindent\bibindent Hallo, William W., ed. \emph{Canonical Compositions + from the Biblical World.} Vol.~1 of \emph{The Context of Scripture.} Leiden: + Brill, 1997. + + \refbiblist{\emph{COS}}{\emph{The Context of Scripture.} Edited by William + W. Hallo. 3 vols. Leiden: Brill, 1997–2002} +\end{refimp} + +\paragraph{Citing Other Texts} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@collection{ANET, + editor = {Pritchard, James B.}, + title = {Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to the Old Testament}, + shorttitle = {ANET}, + edition = {3}, + location = {Princeton}, + publisher = {Princeton University Press}, + date = {1969}, + shorthand = {ANET} +} + +@ancienttext{suppiluliumas, + title = {Suppiluliumas and the Egyptian Queen}, + translator = {Goetz, Albrecht}, + related = {ANET}, +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{16}[319]{suppiluliumas} + \samplebib{ANET} + \samplebiblist{ANET} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}16. “Suppiluliumas and the Egyptian Queen,” trans.\@ + Albrecht Goetze (\emph{ANET,} 319). + + \hangindent\bibindent Pritchard, James B., ed. \emph{Ancient Near Eastern + Texts Relating to the Old Testament.} 3rd~ed. Princeton: Princeton + University Press, 1969. + + \refbiblist{\emph{ANET}}{\emph{Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to the + Old Testament.} Edited by James B. Pritchard. 3rd~ed. Princeton: Princeton + University Press, 1969} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{dalley:1991, + author = {Dalley, Stephanie}, + title = {Myths from Mesopotamia}, + location = {Oxford}, + publisher = {Oxford University Press}, + date = {1991} +} + +@ancienttext{erraandishum, + title = {Erra and Ishum}, + pages = {282-315}, + related = {dalley:1991}, +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{5}{erraandishum} + \samplebib{dalley:1991} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}5. “Erra and Ishum” (Stephanie Dalley, \emph{Myths from + Mesopotamia} [Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1991], 282–315). + + \hangindent\bibindent Dalley, Stephanie. \emph{Myths from Mesopotamia.} + Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1991. +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{foster:1993, + author = {Foster, Benjamin}, + title = {Before the Muses: An Anthology of Akkadian Literature}, + shorttitle = {Muses}, + volume = {1}, + location = {Bethesda, MD}, + publisher = {CDL}, + date = {1993} +} + +@ancienttext{erraandishum:foster, + title = {Erra and Ishum}, + pages = {771-805}, + related = {foster:1993}, + relatedoptions = {usevolume=false} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{5}{erraandishum:foster} + \samplebib{foster:1993} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}5. “Erra and Ishum” (Benjamin Foster, \emph{Before the + Muses: An Anthology of Akkadian Literature} [Bethesda, MD: CDL, 1993], + 1:771–805). + + \hangindent\bibindent Foster, Benjamin. \emph{Before the Muses: An Anthology of + Akkadian Literature.} Vol.~1. Bethesda, MD: CDL, 1993. +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvbook{AEL, + author = {Lichtheim, Miriam}, + title = {Ancient Egyptian Literature}, + shorttitle = {AEL}, + volumes = {3}, + location = {Berkeley}, + publisher = {University of California Press}, + date = {1971/1980}, + shorthand = {AEL}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@book{lichtheim:1976, + author = {Lichtheim, Miriam}, + title = {Ancient Egyptian Literature}, + shorttitle = {AEL}, + volume = {2}, + location = {Berkeley}, + publisher = {University of California Press}, + date = {1976}, + shorthand = {AEL}, + ref = {AEL}, + options = {skipbiblist} +} + +@ancienttext{doomedprince, + title = {The Doomed Prince}, + pages = {200-203}, + related = {lichtheim:1976}, + relatedoptions = {shorthand=short,usevolume=false,skipbiblist} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{34}{doomedprince} + \samplecite{36}[200-203]{doomedprince} + \samplebib{lichtheim:1976} + \samplebiblist{AEL} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}34. “The Doomed Prince” (Miriam Lichtheim, \emph{Ancient + Egyptian Literature} [Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976], + 2:200–203).\footnote{Should be “200–3”?} + + \hspace*{\bibindent}36. “The Doomed Prince” (\emph{AEL} + 2:200–203).\footnote{Should be “200–3”?} + + \hangindent \bibindent Lichtheim, Miriam. \emph{Ancient Egyptian + Literature.} Vol~2. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976. + + \refbiblist{\emph{AEL}}{\emph{Ancient Egyptian Literature.} Miriam + Lichtheim. 3 vols. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1971–1980} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{hoffner:1990, + author = {Hoffner, Jr., Harry A.}, + title = {Hittite Myths}, + editor = {Beckman, Gary M.}, + series = {Writings from the Ancient World}, + shortseries = {WAW}, + number = {2}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {Scholars Press}, + date = {1990} +} + +@ancienttext{disappearanceofsungod, + title = {The Disappearance of the Sun God}, + related = {hoffner:1990} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{12}[§3 (A I 11--17)|26]{disappearanceofsungod} + \samplebib{hoffner:1990} + \samplebiblist{hoffner:1990} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}12. “The Disappearance of the Sun God,” §3 (A I 11–17) + (Harry A. Hoffner Jr., \emph{Hittite Myths} [ed.\@ Gary M. Beckman; + WAW~2;\footnote{Editor, series, and number should be outside of + parentheses?} Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1990], 26). + + \hangindent\bibindent Hoffner, Harry A., Jr. \emph{Hittite Myths.} Edited by + Gary M. Beckman. WAW~2. Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1990. + + \refbiblist{WAW}{Writings from the Ancient World} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvbook{RIMA, + entrysubtype = {RIMA}, + author = {Grayson, Albert Kirk}, + title = {Assyrian Rulers of the Early First Millennium BC \mkibparens{1114--859 BC}}, + series = {The Royal Inscriptions of Mesopotamia, Assyrian Periods}, + shortseries = {RIMA}, + number = {2}, + location = {Toronto}, + publisher = {University of Toronto Press}, + date = {1991}, + shorthand = {RIMA}, + options = {skipbiblistshorthand} +} + +@ancienttext{ashurinscription, + entrysubtype = {inscription}, + title = {Ashur Inscription}, + pages = {143-144}, + related = {RIMA}, + relatedoptions = {skipbiblistshorthand,shorthand=short} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[obv.\textbackslash{} lines + 10--17|]\{ashurinscription\}} + \samplecite*{32}[obv.\ lines 10--17|]{ashurinscription} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[obv.\textbackslash{} lines + 10--17|]\{ashurinscription\}} + \samplecite*{34}[obv.\ lines 10--17|]{ashurinscription} + \samplebib{RIMA} + \samplebiblist{series-RIMA} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}32. Ashur Inscription, obv.\ lines 10–17 (Albert Kirk + Grayson, \emph{Assyrian Rulers of the Early First Millennium BC [1114–859 + BC],} RIMA~2 [Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1991], 143–44). + + \hspace*{\bibindent}34. Ashur Inscription, obv.\ lines 10–17 (RIMA + 2:143–44). + + \hangindent\bibindent Grayson, Albert Kirk. \emph{Assyrian Rulers of the + Early First Millennium BC (1114–859 BC).} RIMA~2. Toronto: University of + Toronto Press, 1991. + + \refbiblist{RIMA}{The Royal Inscriptions of Mesopotamia, Assyrian Periods} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{ABC, + author = {Grayson, Albert Kirk}, + title = {Assyrian and Babylonian Chronicles}, + shorttitle = {ABC}, + series = {Texts from Cuneiform Sources}, + shortseries = {TCS}, + number = {5}, + location = {Locust Valley, NY}, + publisher = {Augustin}, + date = {1975}, + shorthand = {ABC} +} + +@ancienttext{esarhaddonchronicle, + entrysubtype = {chronicle}, + title = {Esarhaddon Chronicle}, + related = {ABC}, + relatedoptions = {shorthand=short} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{33}[lines 3--4|125]{esarhaddonchronicle} + \samplecite{34}[lines 3--4|125]{esarhaddonchronicle} + \samplebib{ABC} + \samplebiblist{ABC} + \samplebiblist*{series-ABC} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}33. Esarhaddon Chronicle, lines 3–4 (Albert Kirk + Grayson, \emph{Assyrian and Babylonian Chronicles,} TCS [Locust Valley, NY: + Augustin, 1975], 125). + + \hspace*{\bibindent}33. Esarhaddon Chronicle, lines 3–4 (\emph{ABC,} 125). + + \hangindent\bibindent Grayson, Albert Kirk. \emph{Assyrian and Babylonian + Chronicles.} TCS. Locust Valley, NY: Augustin, 1975. + + \refbiblist{\emph{ABC}}{\emph{Assyrian and Babylonian Chronicles.} Albert K. + Grayson. TCS~5. Locust Valley, NY: Augustin, 1975} + + \refbiblist{TCS}{Texts from Cuneiform Sources} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{ARM1, + author = {Dossin, Georges}, + title = {Lettres}, + series = {Archives royales de Mari}, + shortseries = {ARM}, + number = {1}, + origdate = {1946}, + location = {Paris}, + publisher = {Geuthner}, + date = {1967}, + shorthand = {ARM}, + options = {skipbiblistshorthand} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{45}[1.3]{ARM1} + \samplebib{ARM1} + \samplebiblist{series-ARM1} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}45. ARM 1.3. + + \hangindent\bibindent Dossin, Georges. \emph{Lettres.} ARM~1. 1946. Repr., + Paris: Geuthner, 1967. + + \refbiblist{ARM}{Archives royales de Mari} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{ARMT1, + author = {Dossin, Georges}, + title = {Correspondance de Šamši-Addu et de ses fils}, + series = {Archives royales de Mari, transcrite et traduite}, + shortseries = {ARMT}, + number = {1}, + location = {Paris}, + publisher = {Imprimerei nationale}, + date = {1950}, + shorthand = {ARMT}, + options = {skipbiblistshorthand} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{45}[1.3]{ARMT1} + \samplebib{ARMT1} + \samplebiblist{series-ARMT1} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}45. ARMT 1.3. + + \hangindent\bibindent Georges Dossin,\footnote{Should be “Dossin, + Georges.”?} \emph{Correspondance de Šamši-Addu et de ses fils.} ARMT~1. + Paris: Imprimerei nationale, 1950. + + \refbiblist{ARMT}{Archives royales de Mari, transcrite et traduite} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{Loeb Classical Library (Greek and Latin)} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvbook{josephus, + title = {Josephus}, + translator = {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others}, + volumes = {10}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Harvard University Press}, + date = {1926/1965} +} + +@classictext{josephus:ant, + author = {Josephus}, + title = {Ant\adddot}, + xref = {josephus}, + options = {skipbib} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \sampleparencite[2.233-235]{josephus:ant} + \samplecite{1}[2.233-235]{josephus:ant} + \samplebib{josephus} + \samplebiblist{josephus} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + (Josephus, \emph{Ant.} 2.233–235) + + \hspace*{\bibindent}1. Josephus, \emph{Ant.}\ 2.233–235. + + \hangindent\bibindent \emph{Josephus.} Translated by Henry St.\@ J. + Thackeray et al. 10 vols. LCL. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, + 1926–1965. + + \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvbook{tacitus, + author = {Tacitus}, + title = {The Histories and The Annals}, + translator = {Clifford H. Moore and John Jackson}, + volumes = {4}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Harvard University Press}, + date = {1937} +} + +@classictext{tacitus:ann, + author = {Tacitus}, + title = {Ann\adddot}, + xref = {tacitus} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{4}[15.18-19]{tacitus:ann} + \samplebib{tacitus} + \samplebiblist{tacitus} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}4. Tacitus, \emph{Ann.}\ 15.18–19 + + \hangindent\bibindent Tacitus. \emph{The Histories and The Annals.} + Translated by Clifford H. Moore and John Jackson. 4 vols. LCL. Cambridge: + Harvard University Press, 1937. + + \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvbook{josephus, + title = {Josephus}, + translator = {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others}, + volumes = {10}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Harvard University Press}, + date = {1926/1965} +} + +@classictext{josephus:ant:thackery, + author = {Josephus}, + title = {Ant\adddot}, + translator = {Thackery}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + xref = {josephus} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \sampleparencite[2.233-235]{josephus:ant:thackery} + \samplecite{5}[2.233-235]{josephus:ant:thackery} + \samplebib{josephus} + \samplebiblist{josephus} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + (Josephus, \emph{Ant.}\ 2.233–235 [Thackeray, LCL]) + + \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Josephus, \emph{Ant.}\ 2.233–235 (Thackeray, LCL). + + \hangindent\bibindent \emph{Josephus.} Translated by Henry St.\@ J. + Thackeray et al. 10 vols. LCL. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, + 1926–1965. + + \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvbook{tacitus, + author = {Tacitus}, + title = {The Histories and The Annals}, + translator = {Clifford H. Moore and John Jackson}, + volumes = {4}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Harvard University Press}, + date = {1937} +} + +@classictext{tacitus:ann:jackson, + author = {Tacitus}, + title = {Ann\adddot}, + translator = {Jackson}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + xref = {tacitus} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{6}[15.18-19]{tacitus:ann:jackson} + \samplebib{tacitus} + \samplebiblist{tacitus} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}6. Tacitus, \emph{Ann.}\ 15.18–19 (Jackson, LCL). + + \hangindent\bibindent Tacitus. \emph{The Histories and The Annals.} + Translated by Clifford H. Moore and John Jackson. 4 vols. LCL. Cambridge: + Harvard University Press, 1937. + + \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvbook{josephus, + title = {Josephus}, + translator = {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others}, + volumes = {10}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Harvard University Press}, + date = {1926/1965} +} + +@book{josephus:ant1-19, + author = {Josephus, Flavius}, + shortauthor = {Josephus}, + title = {The Jewish Antiquities, Books 1--19}, + shorttitle = {Ant\adddot}, + translator = {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Harvard University Press}, + date = {1930/1965}, + xref = {josephus}, + options = {skipbib} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{14}{josephus:ant1-19} + \samplebib{josephus} + \samplebiblist{josephus} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}14. Flavius Josephus, \emph{The Jewish Antiquities, + Books 1–19,} trans.\@ Henry St.\@ J. Thackeray et al., LCL (Cambridge: + Harvard University Press, 1930–1965). + + \hangindent\bibindent \emph{Josephus.} Translated by Henry St.\@ J. Thackeray + et al. 10 vols. LCL. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1926–1965. + + \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{Papyri, Ostraca, and Epigraphica} + +\paragraph{Papyri and Ostraca in General} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@ancienttext{p.cair.zen., + editor = {Edgar, C. C.}, + title = {Zenon Papyri, Catalogue général des antiquités égyptiennes du Musée du Caire}, + location = {Cairo}, + shorthand = {P.Cair.Zen.}, + options = {skipbib,useeditor=false} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \sampleparencite[59003]{p.cair.zen.} + \samplecite{22}[59003]{p.cair.zen.} + \samplebiblist{p.cair.zen.} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + (P.Cair.Zen.\ 59003) + + \hspace*{\bibindent}22. P.Cair.Zen.\ 59003. +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{hunt+edgar:1932, + author = {Hunt, Arthur S. and Edgar, Campbell C.}, + title = {Select Papyri}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Harvard University Press}, + date = {1932} +} + +@ancienttext{p.cair.zen.:hunt+edgar, + editor = {Edgar, C. C.}, + title = {Zenon Papyri, Catalogue général des antiquités égyptiennes du Musée du Caire}, + location = {Cairo}, + shorthand = {P.Cair.Zen.}, + options = {skipbib,useeditor=false}, + related = {hunt+edgar:1932}, + relatedoptions = {useshorttitle=false} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{22}[59003|1:96]{p.cair.zen.:hunt+edgar} + \samplecite{22}[59003|§31]{p.cair.zen.:hunt+edgar} + \samplebib{hunt+edgar:1932} + \samplebiblist{hunt+edgar:1932} + \samplebiblist*{p.cair.zen.:hunt+edgar} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}22. P.Cair.Zen.\ 59003 (Arthur S. Hunt and Campbell C. + Edgar, \emph{Select Papyri,} LCL [Cambridge: Harvard University Press, + 1932], 1:96). + + \hspace*{\bibindent}22. P.Cair.Zen. 59003 (Hunt and Edgar §31). + + \refbiblist{LCL}{Loeb Classical Library} +\end{refimp} + +\paragraph{Epigraphica} + +\paragraph{Greek Magical Papyri} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@ancienttext{PGM, + editor = {Preisendaz, Karl}, + title = {Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen Zauberpapyri}, + shorttitle = {PGM}, + edition = {2}, + location = {Stuttgart}, + publisher = {Teubner}, + date = {1973/1974}, + shorthand = {PGM}, + options = {skipbib} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \sampleparencite[III. 1-164]{PGM} + \samplecite{22}[III. 1-164]{PGM} + \samplebiblist{PGM} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + (\emph{PGM} III. 1–164) + + \hspace*{\bibindent}22. \emph{PGM} III. 1–164. + + \refbiblist{\emph{PGM}}{\emph{Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen + Zauberpapyri.} Edited by Karl Preisendanz. 2nd~ed. Stuttgart: Teubner, + 1973–1974} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{betz:1996, + author = {Betz, Hans Dieter}, + title = {The Greek Magical Papyri in Translation, Including the Demotic Spells}, + edition = {2}, + location = {Chicago}, + publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, + date = {1996} +} + +@ancienttext{PGM:betz, + editor = {Preisendaz, Karl}, + title = {Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen Zauberpapyri}, + shorttitle = {PGM}, + edition = {2}, + location = {Stuttgart}, + publisher = {Teubner}, + date = {1973/1974}, + shorthand = {PGM}, + related = {betz:1996}, + relatedoptions = {usefullcite=false,useshorttitle=false} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{22}[III. 1-164|]{PGM:betz} + \samplebib{betz:1996} + \samplebiblist{PGM:betz} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}22. \emph{PGM} III. 1–164 (Betz). + + \hangindent\bibindent Betz, Hans Dieter. \emph{The Greek Magical Papyri in + Translation, Including the Demotic Spells.} 2nd~ed. Chicago: University of + Chicago Press, 1996. + + \refbiblist{\emph{PGM}}{\emph{Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen + Zauberpapyri.} Edited by Karl Preisendanz. 2nd~ed. Stuttgart: Teubner, + 1973–1974} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{Ancient Epistles and Homilies} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@classictext{heraclitus:epistle1, + author = {Heraclitus}, + title = {Epistle 1} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \sampleparencite[10]{heraclitus:epistle1} + \samplecite{34}[10]{heraclitus:epistle1} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + (Heraclitus, \emph{Epistle 1,} 10) + + \hspace*{\bibindent}34. Heraclitus, \emph{Epistle 1,} 10. +\end{refimp} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{malherbe:1977, + editor = {Malherbe, Abraham J.}, + title = {The Cynic Epistles: A Study Edition}, + series = {Stuttgarter Bibelstudien}, + shortseries = {SBS}, + number = {12}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {Scholars Press}, + date = {1977} +} + +@bookinbook{heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977, + author = {Heraclitus}, + title = {Epistle 1}, + translator = {Worley, David}, + pages = {187}, + crossref = {malherbe:1977} +} + +@classictext{heraclitus:epistle1:worley, + author = {Heraclitus}, + title = {Epistle 1}, + translator = {Worley}, + xref = {heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{36}[10]{heraclitus:epistle1:worley} + \samplebib{heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977} + If \texttt{malherbe:1977} is referenced more than \texttt{microssrefs} times + then:\par + \samplebib{heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977} + \samplebib*{malherbe:1977} + \samplebiblist{malherbe:1977} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}36. Heraclitus, \emph{Epistle 1,} 10 (Worley). + + \hangindent\bibindent Heraclitus. \emph{Epistle 1.} Translated by David + Worley. Page 187 in \emph{The Cynic Epistles: A Study Edition.} Edited by + Abraham J. Malherbe. SBS~12. Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1977. + + \hangindent\bibindent Malherbe, Abraham J., ed. \emph{The Cynic Epistles: A + Study Edition.} SBS~12. Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1977. + + \refbiblist{SBS}{Stuttgarter Bibelstudien} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{\emph{ANF} and \emph{NPNF}, First and Second Series} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvcollection{ANF, + crossref = {ANF:abbreviation}, + editor = {Roberts, Alexander and Donaldson, James}, + origdate = {1885/1887}, + volumes = {10}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1994}, + shorthand = {ANF}, + options = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist}, + sortkey = {Ante-Nicene Fathers}, + xref = {ANF:abbreviation} +} + +@mvcollection{ANF:abbreviation, + title = {The Ante-Nicene Fathers}, + shorttitle = {ANF}, + shorthand = {ANF}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@classictext{clementinehomilies, + entrysubtype = {churchfather}, + title = {The Clementine Homilies}, + related = {ANF}, + relatedoptions = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{14}[1.3|8:223]{clementinehomilies} + \samplebib{ANF} + \samplebiblist{ANF:abbreviation} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}14. \emph{The Clementine Homilies} 1.3 (\emph{ANF} + 8:223). + + \hangindent\bibindent \emph{The Ante-Nicene Fathers.} Edited by Alexander + Roberts and James Donaldson. 1885–1887. 10 vols.\footnote{Should be “10 + vols.\ 1885–1887.”?} Repr., Peabody, MA: + Hendrickson, 1994. + + \refbiblist{\emph{ANF}}{\emph{Ante-Nicene Fathers}} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvcollection{NPNF1, + crossref = {NPNF1:abbreviation}, + editor = {Schaff, Philip}, + origdate = {1886/1889}, + volumes = {14}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1994}, + shorthand = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}}, + options = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist}, + sortkey = {Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series 1}, + xref = {NPNF1:abbreviation} +} + +@mvcollection{NPNF1:abbreviation, + title = {The Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, \mkbibemph{Series~1}}, + shorttitle = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}}, + shorthand = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@classictext{augustine:letters, + entrysubtype = {churchfather}, + author = {Augustine}, + title = {The Letters of St.\@ Augustin}, + shorttitle = {Letters of St.\@ Augustin}, + volume = {1}, + crossref = {NPNF1}, + related = {NPNF1}, + relatedoptions = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist,skipbib}, + options = {skipbib=false} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{44}[28.3.5|252]{augustine:letters} + \samplebib{augustine:letters} + \samplebiblist{NPNF1:abbreviation} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}44. Augustine, \emph{Letters of St.\@ Augustin} 28.3.5 + (\emph{NPNF\textsuperscript{1}} 1:252). + + \hangindent\bibindent Augustine. \emph{The Letters of St.\@ Augustin.} In + vol.~1 of \emph{The Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers,} Series~1. Edited by + Philip Schaff. 1886–1889. 14 vols.\footnote{Should be “14 vols.\ + 1886–1889.”?} Repr., Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1994. + + \refbiblist{\emph{NPNF\textsuperscript{1}}}{\emph{The Nicene and Post-Nicene + Fathers,} Series 1} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{J.-P. Migne's Patrologia Latina and Patrologia Graeca} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvcollection{PL, + title = {\mkbibemph{Patrologia Latina}}, + editor = {Migne, J.-P.}, + volumes = {217}, + location = {Paris}, + date = {1844/1864}, + shorthand = {PL}, + options = {useeditor=false}, + sortkey = {Patrologia Latina} +} + +@mvcollection{PG, + title = {\mkbibemph{Patrologia Graeca}}, + editor = {Migne, J.-P.}, + volumes = {162}, + location = {Paris}, + date = {1857/1886}, + shorthand = {PG}, + options = {useeditor=false}, + sortkey = {Patrologia Graeca} +} + +@classictext{gregory:orationestheologicae, + entrysubtype = {churchfather}, + author = {{Gregory of Nazianzus}}, + title = {Orationes theologicae}, + volume = {36}, + related = {PG}, + relatedoptions = {useeditor=false} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{6}[4|12c]{gregory:orationestheologicae} + \samplebib{PL} + \samplebib*{PG} + \samplebiblist{PG} + \samplebiblist*{PL} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}6. Gregory of Nazianzus, \emph{Orationes theologicae} 4 + (PG 36:12c). + + \hangindent\bibindent Patrologia Latina. Edited by J.-P. Migne. 217 vols. + Paris, 1844–1864. + + \hangindent\bibindent Patrologia Graeca. Edited by J.-P. Migne. 162 vols. + Paris, 1857–1886. + + \refbiblist{PG}{Patrologia Graeca. Edited by Jacques-Paul Migne. 162 vols. + Paris, 1857–1886} + + \refbiblist{PL}{Patrologia Latina. Edited by Jacques-Paul Migne. 217 vols. + Paris, 1844–1864} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{Strack-Billerbeck, \emph{Kommentar zum Neuen Testament}} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvbook{Str-B, + author = {Strack, Hermann L. and Billerbeck, Paul}, + title = {Kommentar zum Neuen Testament aus Talmud und Midrasch}, + volumes = {6}, + location = {Munich}, + publisher = {Beck}, + date = {1922/1961}, + shorthand = {Str-B} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash autocite[See the discussion of \textbackslash + gr\{ἐκρατοῦντο\} in][2:271]\{Str-B\}} + \samplecite*{3}[See the discussion of \textgreek{ἐκρατοῦντο} in][2:271]{Str-B} + \samplebib{Str-B} + \samplebiblist{Str-B} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}3. See the discussion of \textgreek{ἐκρατοῦντο} in Str-B + 2:271. + + \hangindent\bibindent Strack, Hermann L., and Paul Billerbeck. + \emph{Kommentar zum Neuen Testament aus Talmud und Midrasch.} 6 vols. + Munich: Beck, 1922–1961. + + \sloppy\refbiblist{Str-B}{Strack, Hermann Leberecht\footnote{Should be + “Strack, Hermann L.,”?} and Paul Billerbeck. \emph{Kommentar zum Neuen + Testament aus Talmud und Midrasch.} 6 vols. Munich: Beck, 1922–1961} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{\emph{Aufstieg und Niedergang der römischen Welt (ANRW)}} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvcollection{ANRW, + editor = {Temporini, Hildegard and Haase, Wolfgang}, + title = {Aufstieg und Niedergang der römischen Welt: Geschichte und Kultur Roms im Spiegel der neueren Forschung.}, + shorttitle = {ANRW}, + titleaddon = {Part 2, \mkbibemph{Principat}}, + location = {Berlin}, + publisher = {de Gruyter}, + date = {1972/}, + shorthand = {ANRW} +} + +@ancienttext{anderson:pepaideumenos, + entrysubtype = {ANRW}, + author = {Anderson, Graham}, + title = {The \mkbibemph{Pepaideumenos} in Action: Sophists and Their Outlook in the Early Empire}, + shorttitle = {\mkbibemph{Pepaideumenos}}, + volume = {33}, + part = {1}, + pages = {80-208}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {de Gruyter}, + date = {1989}, + related = {ANRW}, + relatedoptions = {skipbib}, + options = {skipbib=false} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{76}{anderson:pepaideumenos} + \samplecite{79}[86]{anderson:pepaideumenos} + \samplebib{anderson:pepaideumenos} + \samplebib*{ANRW} + \samplebiblist{ANRW} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}76. Graham Anderson, “The \emph{pepaideumenos} in + Action: Sophists and Their Outlook in the Early Empire,” \emph{ANRW} + 33.1:80–208. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}79. Anderson, “\emph{Pepaideumenos,}” \emph{ANRW} + 33.1:86. + + \hangindent\bibindent Anderson, Graham. “The \emph{pepaideumenos} in Action: + Sophists and Their Outlook in the Early Empire.” \emph{ANRW} 33.1:80–208. + Part 2, \emph{Principat,} 33.1. Edited by H. Temporini and W. Haase. New + York: de Gruyter, 1989. + + \hangindent\bibindent Temporini, Hildegard, and Wolfgang Haase, eds. + \emph{Aufstieg und Niedergang der romischen Welt: Geschichte und Kultur Roms + im Spiegel der neueren Forschung.} Part 2, \emph{Principat.} Berlin: de + Gruyter, 1972–. + + \refbiblist{\emph{ANRW}}{\emph{Aufstieg und Niedergang der römischen Welt: + Geschichte und Kultur Roms im Spiegel der neueren Forschung.} Part 2, + \emph{Principat.} Edited by Hildegard Temporini and Wolfgang Haase. + Berlin: de Gruyter, 1972–} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{Bible Commentaries} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@commentary{hooker:1991, + author = {Hooker, Morna}, + title = {The Gospel according to Saint Mark}, + series = {Black's New Testament Commentaries}, + shortseries = {BNTC}, + number = {2}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1991} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{6}[223]{hooker:1991} + \samplebib{hooker:1991} + \samplebiblist{hooker:1991} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}8. Morna Hooker, \emph{The Gospel according to Saint + Mark,} BNTC~2 (Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1991), 223. + + \hangindent\bibindent Hooker, Morna. \emph{The Gospel according to Saint + Mark.} BNTC~2. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1991. + + \refbiblist{BNTC}{Black’s New Testament Commentaries} +\end{refimp} + +\paragraph{Articles and Notes in Study Bibles} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@inbook{petersen:2006, + author = {Petersen, David L.}, + title = {Ezekiel}, + pages = {1096-1167}, + booktitle = {The HarperCollins Study Bible Fully Revised and Updated: New + Revised Standard Version, with the Apocryphal/Deuterocanonical Books}, + editor = {Attridge, Harold W. and others}, + location = {San Francisco}, + publisher = {HarperSanFrancisco}, + date = {2006} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{3}[1096]{petersen:2006} + \samplecite{5}[1096]{petersen:2006} + \samplebib{petersen:2006} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}3. David L. Petersen, “Ezekiel,” in \emph{The + HarperCollins Study Bible Fully Revised and Updated: New Revised Standard + Version, with the Apocryphal\slash Deuterocanonical Books,} ed.\@ Harold W. + Attridge et al. (San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 2006), + 1096.\footnote{Should be “1096–167.”?} + + \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Petersen, “Ezekiel,” 1096. + + \hangindent\bibindent Petersen, David L. “Ezekiel.” Pages + 1096–1167\footnote{Should be “1096–167”} in \emph{The HarperCollins Study + Bible Fully Revised and Updated, New Revised Standard Version, with the + Apocryphal/Deuterocanonical Books.} Edited by Harold W. Attridge et al. San + Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 2006. +\end{refimp} + +\paragraph{Single-Volume Commentaries on the Entire Bible} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@incommentary{partain:1995, + author = {Partain, Jack G.}, + title = {Numbers}, + pages = {175-179}, + booktitle = {Mercer Commentary on the Bible}, + editor = {Mills, Watson E. and others}, + location = {Macon, GA}, + publisher = {Mercer University Press}, + date = {1995} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{5}{partain:1995} + \samplecite{8}[175]{partain:1995} + \samplebib{partain:1995} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}5. Jack G. Partain, “Numbers,” in \emph{Mercer + Commentary on the Bible,} ed.\@ Watson E. Mills et al. (Macon, GA: Mercer + University Press, 1995), 175–79. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}8. Partain, “Numbers,” 175. + + \hangindent\bibindent Partain, Jack G. “Numbers.” Pages 175–79 in + \emph{Mercer Commentary on the Bible.} Edited by Watson E. Mills et al. + Macon, GA: Mercer University Press, 1995. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{Multivolume Commentaries} + +\paragraph{Multivolume Commentaries on a Single Biblical Book by One Author} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvcommentary{dahood:1965-1970, + author = {Dahood, Mitchell}, + title = {Psalms}, + volumes = {3}, + series = {Anchor Bible}, + shortseries = {AB}, + number = {16--17A}, + location = {Garden City, NY}, + publisher = {Doubleday}, + date = {1965/1970} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{4}[3:127]{dahood:1965-1970} + \samplecite{7}[2:121]{dahood:1965-1970} + \samplebib{dahood:1965-1970} + \samplebiblist{dahood:1965-1970} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}4. Mitchell Dahood, \emph{Psalms,} 3 vols., AB 16–17A + (Garden City, N.Y.:\footnote{Should be “NY:”?} Doubleday, 1965–1970), 3:127. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}7. Dahood, \emph{Psalms,} 2:121. + + \hangindent\bibindent Dahood, Mitchell. \emph{Psalms.} 3 vols. AB 16–17A. + Garden City, N.Y.:\footnote{Should be “NY:”?} Doubleday, 1965–1970. + + \refbiblist{AB}{Anchor Bible} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@commentary{dahood:1965, + author = {Dahood, Mitchell}, + title = {Psalms I: 1--50}, + shorttitle = {Psalms I: 1--50}, + volume = {1}, + maintitle = {Psalms}, + series = {Anchor Bible}, + shortseries = {AB}, + number = {16}, + location = {Garden City, NY}, + publisher = {Doubleday}, + date = {1965} +} + +@commentary{dahood:1968, + author = {Dahood, Mitchell}, + title = {Psalms II: 51--100}, + shorttitle = {Psalms II: 51--100}, + volume = {2}, + maintitle = {Psalms}, + series = {Anchor Bible}, + shortseries = {AB}, + number = {17}, + location = {Garden City, NY}, + publisher = {Doubleday}, + date = {1968} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{78}[44]{dahood:1965} + \samplecite{79}[78]{dahood:1965} + \samplecite{82}[374]{dahood:1968} + \samplebib{dahood:1965} + \renewbibmacro*{dashcheck}[2]{% + \usebibmacro{cbx:dashcheck}{#1}{#1}} + \samplebib*{dahood:1968} + \samplebiblist{dahood:1965} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}78. Mitchell Dahood, \emph{Psalms I: 1–50,} AB 16 + (Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1965), 44. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}79. Dahood, \emph{Psalms I: 1–50,} 78. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}82. Mitchell Dahood, \emph{Psalms II: 51–100,} AB 17 + (Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1968), 347. + + \hspace*{\bibindent}86. Dahood, \emph{Psalms II: 51–100,} 351. + + \hangindent\bibindent Dahood, Mitchell. \emph{Psalms I: 1–50.} Vol.~1 of + \emph{Psalms.} AB~16. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1965. + + \hangindent\bibindent\refbibnamedash \emph{Psalms II: 51–100.} Vol.~2 of + \emph{Psalms.} AB~17. Garden City, N.Y.:\footnote{Should be “NY:”?} + Doubleday, 1968. + + \refbiblist{AB}{Anchor Bible} +\end{refimp} + +\paragraph{Multivolume Commentaries for the Entire Bible by Multiple Authors} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvcommentary{NIB, + editor = {Keck, Leander E.}, + title = {The New Interpreter's Bible}, + shorttitle = {NIB}, + volumes = {12}, + location = {Nashville}, + publisher = {Abingdon}, + date = {1994/2004}, + shorthand = {NIB} +} + +@incommentary{miller:2001, + author = {Miller, Patrick D.}, + title = {The Book of Jeremiah: Introduction, Commentary, and Reflections}, + pages = {553-926}, + booktitle = {Introduction to Prophetic Literature, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Baruch, Letter of Jeremiah, Lamentations, Ezekiel}, + volume = {6}, + date = {2001}, + crossref = {NIB}, + xref = {NIB} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{1}[577]{miller:2001} + \samplebib{miller:2001} + \samplemacro{\textbackslash usepackage[style=sbl,fullbibrefs]\{biblatex\} \\ + \textbackslash printbibliography} + \toggletrue{fullbibrefs} + \samplebib*{miller:2001} + \togglefalse{fullbibrefs} + \samplebiblist{NIB} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}1. Patrick D. Miller, \emph{NIB} 6:577. + + \hangindent\bibindent Miller, Patrick D. “The Book of Jeremiah: + Introduction, Commentary, and Reflections.” Pages 553–926 in + \emph{Introduction to Prophetic Literature, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Baruch, Letter + of Jeremiah, Lamentations, Ezekiel.} Vol.~6 of \emph{New Interpreter’s + Bible.} Edited by Leander E. Keck.\footnote{Should include “12 vols.”?} + Nashville: Abingdon, 2001. + + \hangindent\bibindent Miller, Patrick D. “The Book of Jeremiah: + Introduction, Commentary, and Reflections.” \emph{NIB} 6:553–926. + + \refbiblist{\emph{NIB}}{\emph{The New Interpreter’s Bible.} Edited by + Leander E. Keck. 12 vols. Nashville: Abingdon, 1994–2004} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{SBL Seminar Papers} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@seminarpaper{crenshaw:2001, + author = {Crenshaw, James L.}, + title = {Theodicy in the Book of the Twelve}, + booktitle = {Society of Biblical Literature 2001 Seminar Papers}, + series = {Society of Biblical Literature Seminar Papers}, + shortseries = {SBLSP}, + number = {40}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature}, + date = {2001}, + pages = {1-18} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{33}{crenshaw:2001} + \samplebib{crenshaw:2001} + \samplebiblist{crenshaw:2001} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}33. James L. Crenshaw, “Theodicy in the Book of the + Twelve,” \emph{Society of Biblical Literature 2001 Seminar Papers,} + SBLSPS\footnote{Should be “SBLSP”?}~40 (Atlanta: Society of Biblical + Literature, 2001), 1–18. + + \hangindent\bibindent Crenshaw, James L. “Theodicy in the Book of the + Twelve.” Pages 1–18 in \emph{Society of Biblical Literature 2001 Seminar + Papers.} SBLSPS\footnote{Should be “SBLSP”?}~40. Atlanta: Society of + Biblical Literature, 2001. + + \refbiblist{SBLSP}{Society of Biblical Literature Seminar Papers} +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{A CD-ROM Reference (with a Corresponding Print Edition)} + +Books on CD-ROM should be cited according to the print edition. It is not +necessary to indicate the medium in the citation. + +\subsubsection{Text Editions Published Online with No Print Counterpart} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@online{wilhelm:2013, + editor = {Wilhelm, Gernot}, + title = {Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I. von Ḫatti mit Šattiwazza von Mitrani \mkbibparens{CTH 51.I}}, + shorttitle = {Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I}, + releasedate = {2013-02-24}, + eprint = {CTH 51.I}, + eprintclass = {INTR 2013-02-24}, + eprinttype = {hethiter} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{2}{wilhelm:2013} + \samplecite{4}{wilhelm:2013} + \samplebib{wilhelm:2013} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}2. Gernot Wilhelm, ed., “Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I. + von Ḫatti mit Šattiwazza von Mitrani (CTH 51.I),” released 24 February 2013, + doi:hethiter.net/: CTH 51.I (INTR 2013-02-24). + + \hspace*{\bibindent}4. Wilhelm, “Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I.” + + \hangindent\bibindent Gernot Wilhelm, ed. “Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I. von + Ḫatti mit Šattiwazza von Mitrani (CTH 51.I).”\footnote{Should this include + “Released 24 February 2013.”?} doi:hethiter.net/: CTH 51.I + (INTR 2013-02-24). +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{Online Database} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@online{cobb:figurines, + author = {{Cobb Institute of Archaeology}}, + title = {The Figurines of Maresha, the Persian Era}, + eprint = {http://www.cobb.msstate.edu/dignew/Maresha/index.html}, + eprinttype = {DigMaster}, + options = {indexing=false} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{37}{cobb:figurines} + \samplebib{cobb:figurines} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}37. Cobb Institute of Archaeology. “The Figurines of + Maresha, the Persian Era,” DigMaster, + \nolinkurl{http://www.cobb.msstate.edu/dignew/Maresha/index.html}. + + \hangindent\bibindent Cobb Institute of Archaeology. “The Figurines of + Maresha, the Persian Era.” DigMaster. + \nolinkurl{http://www.cobb.msstate.edu/dignew/Maresha/index.html}. +\end{refimp} + +\subsubsection{Websites and Blogs} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@online{100cuneiform, + title = {The One Hundred Most Important Cuneiform Objects}, + eprint = {http://cdli.ox.ac.uk/wiki/doku.php?id=the_one_hundred_most_ important_cuneiform_objects}, + eprinttype = {cdli:wiki} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{10}{100cuneiform} + \samplebib{100cuneiform} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \hspace*{\bibindent}10. “The One Hundred Most Important Cuneiform Objects,” + cdli:wiki, + \nolinkurl{http://cdli.ox.ac.uk/wiki/doku.php?id=the_one_hundred_most_important_cuneiform_objects}. + + \hangindent\bibindent “The One Hundred Most Important Cuneiform Objects.” + cdli:wiki. + \nolinkurl{http://cdli.ox.ac.uk/wiki/doku.php?id=the_one_hundred_most_important_cuneiform_objects}. +\end{refimp} + +\section{Other Examples} + +\subsection{BDAG, BDB, BDF} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@lexicon{BDAG, + author = {Danker, Frederick W. and Bauer, Walter and Arndt, William F. and Gingrich, F. Wilbur}, + title = {Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature.}, + edition = {3}, + location = {Chicago}, + publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, + date = {2000}, + shorthand = {BDAG} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{1}[35]{BDAG} + \samplebib{BDAG} + \samplebiblist{BDAG} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \refbiblist{BDAG}{Danker, Frederick W., Walter Bauer, William F. Arndt, and + F. Wilbur Gingrich. \emph{Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament and + Other Early Christian Literature.} 3rd~ed. Chicago: University of Chicago + Press, 2000} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@lexicon{BDB:abbreviation, + author = {Brown, Francis and Driver, S. R. and Briggs, Charles A.}, + title = {A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament}, + shorthand = {BDB}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@lexicon{BDB, + crossref = {BDB:abbreviation}, + location = {Oxford}, + publisher = {Oxford University Press}, + date = {1906}, + shorthand = {BDB}, + xref = {BDB:abbreviation}, + options = {skipbiblist} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{2}[432]{BDB} + \samplebib{BDB} + \samplebiblist{BDB:abbreviation} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \refbiblist{BDB}{Brown, Francis, S. R. Driver, and Charles A. Briggs. + \emph{A Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon of the Old Testament}} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@book{BDF, + author = {Blass, Friedrich and Debrunner, Albert and Funk, Robert W.}, + title = {A Greek Grammar of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature}, + location = {Chicago}, + publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, + date = {1961}, + shorthand = {BDF} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{3}[§441]{BDF} + \samplebib{BDF} + \samplebiblist{BDF} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \refbiblist{BDF}{Blass, Friedrich, Albert Debrunner, and Robert W. Funk. + \emph{A Greek Grammar of the New Testament and Other Early Christian + Literature.} Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1961} +\end{refimp} + +\subsection{\emph{HALOT, TLOT}} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvlexicon{HALOT, + author = {Koehler, Ludwig and Baumgartner, Walter and Stamm, Johann J.}, + title = {The Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon of the Old Testament}, + shorttitle = {HALOT}, + editor = {Richardson, Mervyn E. J.}, + editortype = {translated and edited under the supervision of}, + volumes = {4}, + location = {Leiden}, + publisher = {Brill}, + date = {1994/1999}, + shorthand = {HALOT} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{4}[2:223]{HALOT} + \samplebib{HALOT} + \samplebiblist{HALOT} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \refbiblist{\emph{HALOT}}{\emph{The Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon of the Old + Testament.} Ludwig Koehler, Walter Baumgartner, and Johann J. Stamm. + Translated and edited under the supervision of Mervyn E. J. Richardson. 4 + vols. Leiden: Brill, 1994–1999} +\end{refimp} + +\medskip + +\begin{lstlisting} +@mvlexicon{TLOT, + title = {Theological Lexicon of the Old Testament}, + shorttitle = {TLOT}, + editor = {Jenni, Ernst}, + witheditor = {Westermann, Claus}, + witheditortype = {withassistance}, + translator = {Biddle, Mark E.}, + volumes = {3}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1997}, + shorthand = {TLOT} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{5}[1:24]{TLOT} + \samplebib{TLOT} + \samplebiblist{TLOT} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \refbiblist{\emph{TLOT}}{\emph{Theological Lexicon of the Old Testament.} + Edited by Ernst Jenni, with assistance from Claus Westermann. Translated + by Mark E. Biddle. 3 vols. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1997} +\end{refimp} + +\subsection{\emph{SBLHS}} + +\begin{lstlisting} +@manual{SBLHS, + title = {SBL Handbook of Style: For Biblical Studies and Related Disciplines}, + shorttitle = {SBLHS}, + edition = {2}, + location = {Atlanta, GA}, + publisher = {SBL Press}, + date = {2014}, + shorthand = {SBLHS} +} +\end{lstlisting} + +\begin{biboutput} + \samplecite{1}[§6.2.1]{SBLHS} + \samplebib{SBLHS} + \samplebiblist{SBLHS} +\end{biboutput} + +\begin{refimp} + \refbiblist{\emph{SBLHS}}{\emph{Society of Biblical Literature Handbook of + Style.} 2nd~ed. Atlanta, GA: SBL Press, 2014} +\end{refimp} + +\clearpage + +\phantomsection +\printbiblist[heading=biblistintoc]{abbreviations} + +\clearpage + +\phantomsection +\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc,notcategory=ignore] + +\clearpage + +\printindex + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8edba8a5c77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.bib @@ -0,0 +1,1346 @@ +@book{talbert:1992, + author = {Talbert, Charles H.}, + title = {Reading John: A Literary and Theological Commentary on the Fourth Gospel and the Johannine Epistles}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {Crossroad}, + date = {1992} +} + +@book{robinson+koester:1971, + author = {Robinson, James M. and Koester, Helmut}, + title = {Trajectories through Early Christianity}, + location = {Philadelphia}, + publisher = {Fortress}, + date = {1971} +} + +@book{scott+etal:1993, + author = {Scott, Bernard Brandon and Dean, Margaret and Sparks, Kristen and LaZar, Frances}, + title = {Reading New Testament Greek}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1993} +} + +@book{egger:1996, + author = {Egger, Wilhelm}, + title = {How to Read the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology}, + shorttitle = {How to Read}, + translator = {Heinegg, Peter}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1996} +} + +@book{wellhausen:1883, + author = {Wellhausen, Julius}, + title = {Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels}, + edition = {2}, + location = {Berlin}, + publisher = {Reimer}, + date = {1883} +} + +@book{wellhausen:1885, + author = {Wellhausen, Julius}, + title = {Prolegomena to the History of Israel}, + translator = {Black, J. Sutherland and Enzies, A.}, + withtranslator = {Smith, W. Robertson}, + withtranslatortype = {withpreface}, + location = {Edinburgh}, + publisher = {Black}, + related = {wellhausen:1883}, + relatedtype = {translationof}, + date = {1885} +} + +@book{wellhausen:1957, + author = {Wellhausen, Julius}, + title = {Prolegomena to the History of Ancient Israel}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {Meridian Books}, + related = {wellhausen:1885}, + relatedtype = {reprintof}, + date = {1957} +} + +@book{tigay:1985, + editor = {Tigay, Jeffrey H.}, + title = {Empirical Models for Biblical Criticism}, + shorttitle = {Empiracle Models}, + location = {Philadelphia}, + publisher = {University of Pennsylvania Press}, + date = {1985} +} + +@book{kaltner+mckenzie:2002, + editor = {Kaltner, John and McKenzie, Steven L.}, + title = {Beyond Babel: A Handbook for Biblical Hebrew and Related Languages}, + series = {Resources for Biblical Study}, + shortseries = {RBS}, + number = {42}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature}, + date = {2002} +} + +@book{oates+etal:2001, + editor = {Oates, John F. and Willis, William H. and Bagnall, Roger S. and Worp, Klass A.}, + title = {Checklist of Editions of Greek and Latin Papyri, Ostraca, and Tablets}, + edition = {5}, + series = {Bulletin of the American Society of Papyrologists, Supplements}, + shortseries = {BASPSup}, + number = {9}, + location = {Oakville, CT}, + publisher = {American Society of Papyrologists}, + date = {2001} +} + +@book{schillebeeckx:1986, + author = {Schillebeeckx, Edward}, + title = {The Schillebeeckx Reader}, + editor = {Schreiter, Robert J.}, + location = {Edinburgh}, + publisher = {T\&T Clark}, + date = {1986} +} + +@book{blass+debrunner:1982, + author = {Blass, Friedrich and Debrunner, Albert}, + title = {Grammatica del greco del Nuovo Testamento}, + editor = {Rehkopf, Friedrich}, + translator = {Pisi, Giordana}, + location = {Brescia}, + publisher = {Paideia}, + date = {1982} +} + +@article{irvine:2014, + author = {Irvine, Stuart A.}, + title = {Idols \mkbibbrackets{\mkbibemph{ktbwnm}}: A note on Hosea 13:2a}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature}, + shortjournal = {JBL}, + volume = {133}, + date = {2014}, + pages = {509-517} +} + +@incollection{attridge:1986, + author = {Attridge, Harold W.}, + title = {Jewish Historiography}, + pages = {311-343}, + booktitle = {Early Judaism and Its Modern Interpreters}, + editor = {Kraft, Robert A. and Nickelsburg, George W. E.}, + location = {Philadelphia and Atlanta}, + publisher = {Fortress and Scholars Press}, + date = {1986} +} + +@incollection{vanseters:1995, + author = {Van Seters, John}, + title = {The Theology of the Yahwist: A Preliminary Sketch}, + shorttitle = {Theology of the Yahwist}, + pages = {219-228}, + booktitle = {“Wer ist wie du, Herr, unter den Göttern?”: Studien zur Theologie und Religionsgeschichte Israels für Otto Kaiser zum 70. Geburtstag}, + editor = {Kottsieper, Ingo and others}, + location = {Göttingen}, + publisher = {Vandenhoaeck \& Ruprecht}, + date = {1995} +} + +@suppbook{boers:1996, + author = {Boers, Hendrikus}, + type = {introduction}, + booktitle = {How to Read the New Testament: An Introduction to Linguistic and Historical-Critical Methodology}, + bookauthor = {Egger, Wilhelm}, + translator = {Heinegg, Peter}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1996} +} + +@book{gerhardsson:1961, + author = {Gerhardsson, Birger}, + title = {Memory and Manuscript: Oral Tradition and Written Transmission in Rabbinic Judaism and Early Christianity}, + series = {Acta Seminarii Neotestamentici Upsaliensis}, + shortseries = {ASNU}, + number = {22}, + location = {Lund and Copenhagen}, + publisher = {Gleerup and Munksgaard}, + date = {1961} +} + +@book{pritchard:1969, + editor = {Pritchard, James B.}, + title = {Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to the Old Testament}, + edition = {3}, + location = {Princeton}, + publisher = {Princeton University Press}, + date = {1969} +} + +@book{blenkinsopp:1996, + author = {Blenkinsopp, Joseph}, + title = {A History of Prophecy in Israel}, + edition = {rev.\@ and enl.\@ ed.}, + location = {Louisville}, + publisher = {Westminster John Knox}, + date = {1996} +} + +@book{vanseters:1997, + author = {Van Seters, John}, + title = {In Search of History: Histeriography in the Ancient World and the Origins of Biblical History}, + origlocation = {New Haven}, + origpublisher = {Yale University Press}, + origdate = {1983}, + location = {Winona Lake, IN}, + publisher = {Eisenbrauns}, + date = {1997} +} + +@book{deissmann:1995, + author = {Deissmann, Gustav Adolf}, + title = {Light from the Ancient East: The New Testament Illustrated by Recently Discovered Texts of the Graeco-Roman World}, + translator = {Strachan, Lionel R. M.}, + origdate = {1927}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1995} +} + +@book{harrison+welborn:forthcoming, + editor = {Harrison, James R. and Welborn, L. L.}, + title = {The First Urban Churches 2: Roman Corinth}, + shorttitle = {Roman Corinth}, + series = {Writings from the Greco-Roman World Supplement Series}, + shortseries = {WGRWSup}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {SBL Press}, + pubstate = {forthcoming} +} + +@mvbook{harnack:1896-1905, + author = {Harnack, Adolf}, + title = {History of Dogma}, + translator = {Buchanan, Neil}, + origlanguage = {the 3rd German ed.}, + volumes = {7}, + location = {Boston}, + publisher = {Little, Brown}, + date = {1896/1905} +} + +@collection{winter+clarke:1993, + editor = {Winter, Bruce W. and Clarke, Andrew D.}, + title = {The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting}, + shorttitle = {Book of Acts}, + volume = {1}, + maintitle = {The Book of Acts in Its First Century Setting}, + maineditor = {Winter, Bruce W.}, + location = {Grand Rapids}, + publisher = {Eerdmans}, + date = {1993} +} + +@incollection{mason:1996, + author = {Mason, Steve}, + title = {Josephus on Canon and Scriptures}, + pages = {217-235}, + volume = {1}, + part = {1}, + maintitle = {Hebrew Bible/Old Testament: The History of Its Interpretation}, + editor = {Sæbø, Magne}, + location = {Göttingen}, + publisher = {Vandenhoaeck \& Ruprecht}, + date = {1996} +} + +@incollection{peterson:1993, + author = {Peterson, David}, + title = {The Motif of Fulfilment and the Purpose of Luke-Acts}, + shorttitle = {Motif of Fulfilment}, + pages = {83-104}, + booktitle = {The Book of Acts in Its Ancient Literary Setting}, + bookeditor = {Winter, Bruce W. and Clarke, Andrew D.}, + volume = {1}, + maintitle = {The Book of Acts in Its First Century Setting}, + maineditor = {Winter, Bruce W.}, + location = {Grand Rapids}, + publisher = {Eerdmans}, + date = {1993} +} + +@book{hofius:1989, + author = {Hofius, Otfried}, + title = {Paulusstudien}, + series = {Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zum Neuen Testament}, + shortseries = {WUNT}, + number = {51}, + location = {Tübingen}, + publisher = {Mohr Siebeck}, + date = {1989} +} + +@book{jeremias:1967, + author = {Jeremias, Joachim}, + title = {The Prayers of Jesus}, + shorttitle = {Prayers}, + series = {Studies in Biblical Theology}, + shortseries = {SBT}, + seriesseries = {2}, + number = {6}, + location = {Naperville, IL}, + publisher = {Allenson}, + date = {1967} +} + +@book{reventlow:2009, + author = {Reventlow, Henning Graf}, + title = {From the Old Testament to Origen}, + volume = {1}, + maintitle = {History of Biblical Interpretation}, + translator = {Perdue, Leo G.}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature}, + date = {2009}, + eprint = {Nook}, + eprinttype = {ebook} +} + +@book{wright:2014, + author = {Wright, Jacob L.}, + title = {David, King of Israel, and Caleb in Biblical Memory}, + shorttitle = {David, King of Israel}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, + date = {2014}, + eprint = {Kindle}, + eprinttype = {ebook} +} + +@book{killebrew+steiner:2014, + editor = {Killebrew, Ann E. and Steiner, Margreet}, + title = {The Oxford Handbook of the Archaeology of the Levant: c.~8000--332 BCE}, + shorttitle = {Archaeology of the Levant}, + location = {Oxford}, + publisher = {Oxford University Press}, + date = {2014}, + doi = {10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199212972.001.0001} +} + +@book{kaufman:1974, + author = {Kaufman, Stephen}, + title = {The Akkadian Influences on Aramaic}, + series = {Assyriological Studies}, + shortseries = {AS}, + number = {19}, + location = {Chicago}, + publisher = {The Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago}, + date = {1974}, + url = {http://oi.uchicago.edu/pdf/as19.pdf} +} + +@article{leyerle:1993, + author = {Leyerle, Blake}, + title = {John Chrysostom on the Gaze}, + shorttitle = {Chrysostom}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Early Christian Studies}, + shortjournal = {JECS}, + volume = {1}, + date = {1993}, + pages = {159-174} +} + +@article{wildberger:1965, + author = {Wildberger, Hans}, + title = {Das Abbild Gottes: Gen 1:26--30}, + journaltitle = {Theologische Zeitschrift}, + shortjournal = {TZ}, + volume = {21}, + date = {1965}, + pages = {245-259, 481-501} +} + +@article{wellhausen:1876-1877, + author = {Wellhausen, Julius}, + title = {Die Composition des Hexateuchs}, + journaltitle = {Jahrbuch für deutsche Theologie}, + shortjournal = {JDT}, + pages = {21 \mkbibparens{1876}: 392--450\addsemicolon\space 22 \mkbibparens{1877}: 407--479} +} + +@article{freedman:1977, + author = {Freedman, David Noel}, + title = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: An Essay on Biblical Poetry}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature}, + shortjournal = {JBL}, + volume = {96}, + date = {1977}, + pages = {5-26} +} + +@incollection{freedman:1980, + author = {Freedman, David Noel}, + title = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: An Essay on Biblical Poetry}, + booktitle = {Pottery, Poetry, and Prophecy: Studies in Early Hebrew Poetry}, + location = {Winona Lake, IN}, + publisher = {Eisenbrauns}, + date = {1980}, + pages = {1-22} +} + +@review{teeple:1966, + author = {Teeple, Howard M.}, + revdauthor = {Robert, André and Feuillet, André}, + revdtitle = {Introduction to the New Testament}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Bible and Religion}, + shortjournal = {JBR}, + volume = {34}, + date = {1966}, + pages = {368-370} +} + +@review{pelikan:1992, + author = {Pelikan, Jaroslav}, + title = {The Things That You're Liable to Read in the Bible}, + revdeditor = {Freedman, David Noel}, + revdtitle = {The Anchor Bible Dictionary}, + journaltitle = {New York Times Review of Books}, + date = {1992-12-20}, + pages = {3} +} + +@article{petersen:1988, + author = {Petersen, David L.}, + title = {Hebrew Bible Textbooks: A Review Article}, + journaltitle = {Critical Review of Books in Religion}, + shortjournal = {CRBR}, + volume = {1}, + date = {1988}, + pages = {1-18} +} + +@thesis{klosinski:1988, + author = {Klosinski, Lee E.}, + title = {Meals in Mark}, + type = {phdthesis}, + institution = {The Claremont Graduate School}, + date = {1988} +} + +@mvreference{IDB, + editor = {Buttrick, George A.}, + title = {The Interpreter's Dictionary of the Bible}, + shorttitle = {IDB}, + volumes = {4}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {Abingdon}, + date = {1962}, + shorthand = {IDB} +} + +@inreference{stendahl:1962, + author = {Stendahl, Krister}, + title = {Biblical Theology, Contemporary}, + shorttitle = {Biblical Theology}, + volume = {1}, + pages = {418-432}, + crossref = {IDB}, + xref = {IDB} +} + +@reference{DOTP, + editor = {Alexander, T. Desmond and Baker, David W.}, + title = {Dictionary of the Old Testament: Pentateuch}, + shorttitle = {DOTP}, + location = {Downers Grove, IL}, + publisher = {InterVarsity}, + date = {2003}, + shorthand = {DOTP} +} + +@inreference{olson:2003, + author = {Olson, Dennis T.}, + title = {Numbers, Book of}, + shorttitle = {Numbers}, + pages = {611-618}, + crossref = {DOTP}, + xref = {DOTP} +} + +@mvlexicon{NIDNTT, + editor = {Brown, Colin}, + title = {New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology}, + shorttitle = {NIDNTT}, + volumes = {4}, + location = {Grand Rapids}, + publisher = {Zondervan}, + date = {1975/1985}, + shorthand = {NIDNTT} +} + +@inlexicon{dahn+liefeld:see+vision+eye, + author = {Dahn, Karl and Liefeld, Walter L.}, + title = {See, Vision, Eye}, + volume = {3}, + pages = {511-521}, + xref = {NIDNTT} +} + +@mvlexicon{TDNT, + editor = {Kittel, Gerhard and Friedrich, Gerhard}, + title = {Theological Dictionary of the New Testament}, + shorttitle = {TDNT}, + translator = {Bromiley, Geoffrey W.}, + volumes = {10}, + location = {Grand Rapids}, + publisher = {Eerdmans}, + date = {1964/1976}, + shorthand = {TDNT} +} + +@inlexicon{beyer:diakoneo+diakonia+ktl, + author = {Beyer, Hermann W.}, + title = {\textgreek{διακονέω, διακονία, κτλ}}, + volume = {2}, + pages = {81-93}, + xref = {TDNT} +} + +@mvlexicon{TLNT, + author = {Spicq, Ceslas}, + title = {Theological Lexicon of the New Testament}, + shorttitle = {TLNT}, + editor = {Ernest, James D.}, + translator = {Ernest, James D.}, + volumes = {3}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1994}, + shorthand = {TLNT} +} + +@inlexicon{spicq:atakteo+ataktos+ataktos, + author = {Spicq, Ceslas}, + title = {\textgreek{ἀτακτέω, ἄτακτος, ἀτάκτως}}, + volume = {1}, + pages = {223-224}, + xref = {TLNT} +} + +@inlexicon{spicq:amoibe, + author = {Spicq, Ceslas}, + title = {\textgreek{ἀμοιβή}}, + volume = {1}, + pages = {95-96}, + xref = {TLNT} +} + +@inlexicon{beyer:diakoneo, + author = {Beyer, Hermann W.}, + title = {\textgreek{διακονέω}}, + volume = {2}, + pages = {81-87}, + xref = {TDNT} +} + +@inlexicon{dahn:horao, + author = {Dahn, Karl}, + title = {\textgreek{ὁράω}}, + volume = {3}, + pages = {511-518}, + xref = {NIDNTT} +} + +@conferencepaper{niditch:1994, + author = {Niditch, Susan}, + title = {Oral Culture and Written Documents}, + shorttitle = {Oral Culture}, + eventtitle = {the Annual Meeting of the New England Region of the \citeshorthand{SBL}}, + venue = {Worcester, MA}, + eventdate = {1994-03-25} +} + +@article{saldarini:1998, + author = {Saldarini, Anthony J.}, + title = {Babatha's Story}, + journaltitle = {Biblical Archaeology Review}, + shortjournal = {BAR}, + volume = {24}, + number = {2}, + date = {1998}, + pages = {23-33, 36-37, 72-74} +} + +@article{springer:2014, + author = {Springer, Carl P. E.}, + title = {Of Roosers and \mkbibemph{Repetitio}: Ambrose's \mkbibemph{Aeterne rerum conditor}}, + journaltitle = {Vigiliae Christianae}, + shortjournal = {VC}, + volume = {68}, + date = {2014}, + pages = {155-177}, + doi = {10.1163/15700720-12341158} +} + +@article{truehart:1996, + author = {Truehart, Charles}, + title = {Welcome to the Next Church}, + shorttitle = {Next Church}, + url = {http://www.theatlantic.com/atlantic/issues/96aug/nxtchrch/nxtchrch.htm}, + journaltitle = {Atlantic Monthly}, + volume = {278}, + date = {1996-08}, + pages = {37-58} +} + +@article{kirk:2007, + author = {Kirk, Alan}, + title = {Karl Polanyi, Marshall Sahlins, and the Study of Ancient Social Relations}, + shorttitle = {Karl Polanyi}, + journaltitle = {Journal of Biblical Literature}, + shortjournal = {JBL}, + volume = {126}, + date = {2007}, + pages = {182-191}, + doi = {10.2307/27638428}, + url = {http://www.jstor.org/stable/27638428} +} + +@mvcollection{COS, + editor = {Hallo, William W.}, + title = {The Context of Scripture}, + shorttitle = {COS}, + volumes = {3}, + location = {Leiden}, + publisher = {Brill}, + date = {1997/2002}, + shorthand = {COS}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@collection{hallo:1997, + editor = {Hallo, William W.}, + title = {Canonical Compositions from the Biblical World}, + shorttitle = {COS}, + maintitle = {The Context of Scripture}, + volume = {1}, + location = {Leiden}, + publisher = {Brill}, + date = {1997}, + shorthand = {COS}, + xref = {COS}, + options = {skipbiblist} +} + +@ancienttext{greathymnaten, + entrysubtype = {COS}, + title = {The Great Hymn to the Aten}, + shorttitle = {Great Hymn to the Aten}, + translator = {Lichtheim, Miriam}, + part = {26}, + pages = {44-46}, + related = {hallo:1997}, + relatedoptions = {usevolume=false,skipbiblist} +} + +@collection{ANET, + editor = {Pritchard, James B.}, + title = {Ancient Near Eastern Texts Relating to the Old Testament}, + shorttitle = {ANET}, + edition = {3}, + location = {Princeton}, + publisher = {Princeton University Press}, + date = {1969}, + shorthand = {ANET} +} + +@ancienttext{suppiluliumas, + title = {Suppiluliumas and the Egyptian Queen}, + translator = {Goetz, Albrecht}, + related = {ANET} +} + +@book{dalley:1991, + author = {Dalley, Stephanie}, + title = {Myths from Mesopotamia}, + location = {Oxford}, + publisher = {Oxford University Press}, + date = {1991} +} + +@ancienttext{erraandishum, + title = {Erra and Ishum}, + pages = {282-315}, + related = {dalley:1991} +} + +@book{foster:1993, + author = {Foster, Benjamin}, + title = {Before the Muses: An Anthology of Akkadian Literature}, + shorttitle = {Muses}, + volume = {1}, + location = {Bethesda, MD}, + publisher = {CDL}, + date = {1993} +} + +@ancienttext{erraandishum:foster, + title = {Erra and Ishum}, + pages = {771-805}, + related = {foster:1993}, + relatedoptions = {usevolume=false} +} + +@mvbook{AEL, + author = {Lichtheim, Miriam}, + title = {Ancient Egyptian Literature}, + shorttitle = {AEL}, + volumes = {3}, + location = {Berkeley}, + publisher = {University of California Press}, + date = {1971/1980}, + shorthand = {AEL}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@book{lichtheim:1976, + author = {Lichtheim, Miriam}, + title = {Ancient Egyptian Literature}, + shorttitle = {AEL}, + volume = {2}, + location = {Berkeley}, + publisher = {University of California Press}, + date = {1976}, + shorthand = {AEL}, + xref = {AEL}, + options = {skipbiblist} +} + +@ancienttext{doomedprince, + title = {The Doomed Prince}, + pages = {200-203}, + related = {lichtheim:1976}, + relatedoptions = {shorthand=short,usevolume=false,skipbiblist} +} + +@book{hoffner:1990, + author = {Hoffner, Jr., Harry A.}, + title = {Hittite Myths}, + editor = {Beckman, Gary M.}, + series = {Writings from the Ancient World}, + shortseries = {WAW}, + number = {2}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {Scholars Press}, + date = {1990} +} + +@ancienttext{disappearanceofsungod, + title = {The Disappearance of the Sun God}, + related = {hoffner:1990} +} + +@mvbook{RIMA, + entrysubtype = {RIMA}, + author = {Grayson, Albert Kirk}, + title = {Assyrian Rulers of the Early First Millennium BC \mkbibparens{1114--859 BC}}, + series = {The Royal Inscriptions of Mesopotamia, Assyrian Periods}, + shortseries = {RIMA}, + number = {2}, + location = {Toronto}, + publisher = {University of Toronto Press}, + date = {1991}, + shorthand = {RIMA}, + options = {skipbiblistshorthand} +} + +@ancienttext{ashurinscription, + entrysubtype = {inscription}, + title = {Ashur Inscription}, + pages = {143-144}, + related = {RIMA}, + relatedoptions = {skipbiblistshorthand,shorthand=short} +} + +@book{ABC, + author = {Grayson, Albert Kirk}, + title = {Assyrian and Babylonian Chronicles}, + shorttitle = {ABC}, + series = {Texts from Cuneiform Sources}, + shortseries = {TCS}, + number = {5}, + location = {Locust Valley, NY}, + publisher = {Augustin}, + date = {1975}, + shorthand = {ABC} +} + +@ancienttext{esarhaddonchronicle, + entrysubtype = {chronicle}, + title = {Esarhaddon Chronicle}, + related = {ABC}, + relatedoptions = {shorthand=short} +} + +@book{ARM1, + author = {Dossin, Georges}, + title = {Lettres}, + series = {Archives royales de Mari}, + shortseries = {ARM}, + number = {1}, + origdate = {1946}, + location = {Paris}, + publisher = {Geuthner}, + date = {1967}, + shorthand = {ARM}, + options = {skipbiblistshorthand} +} + +@book{ARMT1, + author = {Dossin, Georges}, + title = {Correspondance de Šamši-Addu et de ses fils}, + series = {Archives royales de Mari, transcrite et traduite}, + shortseries = {ARMT}, + number = {1}, + location = {Paris}, + publisher = {Imprimerei nationale}, + date = {1950}, + shorthand = {ARMT}, + options = {skipbiblistshorthand} +} + +@mvbook{josephus, + title = {Josephus}, + translator = {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others}, + volumes = {10}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Harvard University Press}, + date = {1926/1965} +} + +@classictext{josephus:ant, + author = {Josephus}, + title = {Ant\adddot}, + xref = {josephus}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@mvbook{tacitus, + author = {Tacitus}, + title = {The Histories and The Annals}, + translator = {Clifford H. Moore and John Jackson}, + volumes = {4}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Harvard University Press}, + date = {1937} +} + +@classictext{tacitus:ann, + author = {Tacitus}, + title = {Ann\adddot}, + xref = {tacitus} +} + +@classictext{josephus:ant:thackery, + author = {Josephus}, + title = {Ant\adddot}, + translator = {Thackery}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + xref = {josephus} +} + +@classictext{tacitus:ann:jackson, + author = {Tacitus}, + title = {Ann\adddot}, + translator = {Jackson}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + xref = {tacitus} +} + +@book{josephus:ant1-19, + author = {Josephus, Flavius}, + shortauthor = {Josephus}, + title = {The Jewish Antiquities, Books 1--19}, + shorttitle = {Ant\adddot}, + translator = {Thackery, Henry St.\@ J. and others}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Harvard University Press}, + date = {1930/1965}, + xref = {josephus}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@ancienttext{p.cair.zen., + editor = {Edgar, C. C.}, + title = {Zenon Papyri, Catalogue général des antiquités égyptiennes du Musée du Caire}, + location = {Cairo}, + shorthand = {P.Cair.Zen.}, + options = {skipbib,useeditor=false} +} + +@book{hunt+edgar:1932, + author = {Hunt, Arthur S. and Edgar, Campbell C.}, + title = {Select Papyri}, + series = {Loeb Classical Library}, + shortseries = {LCL}, + location = {Cambridge}, + publisher = {Harvard University Press}, + date = {1932} +} + +@ancienttext{p.cair.zen.:hunt+edgar, + editor = {Edgar, C. C.}, + title = {Zenon Papyri, Catalogue général des antiquités égyptiennes du Musée du Caire}, + location = {Cairo}, + shorthand = {P.Cair.Zen.}, + options = {skipbib,useeditor=false}, + related = {hunt+edgar:1932}, + relatedoptions = {useshorttitle=false} +} + +@ancienttext{PGM, + editor = {Preisendaz, Karl}, + title = {Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen Zauberpapyri}, + shorttitle = {PGM}, + edition = {2}, + location = {Stuttgart}, + publisher = {Teubner}, + date = {1973/1974}, + shorthand = {PGM}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@book{betz:1996, + author = {Betz, Hans Dieter}, + title = {The Greek Magical Papyri in Translation, Including the Demotic Spells}, + edition = {2}, + location = {Chicago}, + publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, + date = {1996} +} + +@ancienttext{PGM:betz, + editor = {Preisendaz, Karl}, + title = {Papyri Graecae Magicae: Die griechischen Zauberpapyri}, + shorttitle = {PGM}, + edition = {2}, + location = {Stuttgart}, + publisher = {Teubner}, + date = {1973/1974}, + shorthand = {PGM}, + related = {betz:1996}, + relatedoptions = {usefullcite=false,useshorttitle=false} +} + +@classictext{heraclitus:epistle1, + author = {Heraclitus}, + title = {Epistle 1} +} + +@book{malherbe:1977, + editor = {Malherbe, Abraham J.}, + title = {The Cynic Epistles: A Study Edition}, + series = {Stuttgarter Bibelstudien}, + shortseries = {SBS}, + number = {12}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {Scholars Press}, + date = {1977} +} + +@bookinbook{heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977, + author = {Heraclitus}, + title = {Epistle 1}, + translator = {Worley, David}, + pages = {187}, + crossref = {malherbe:1977} +} + +@classictext{heraclitus:epistle1:worley, + author = {Heraclitus}, + title = {Epistle 1}, + translator = {Worley}, + xref = {heraclitus:epistle1:worley:1977} +} + +@mvcollection{ANF, + crossref = {ANF:abbreviation}, + editor = {Roberts, Alexander and Donaldson, James}, + origdate = {1885/1887}, + volumes = {10}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1994}, + shorthand = {ANF}, + options = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist}, + sortkey = {Ante-Nicene Fathers}, + xref = {ANF:abbreviation} +} + +@mvcollection{ANF:abbreviation, + title = {The Ante-Nicene Fathers}, + shorttitle = {ANF}, + shorthand = {ANF}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@classictext{clementinehomilies, + entrysubtype = {churchfather}, + title = {The Clementine Homilies}, + related = {ANF}, + relatedoptions = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist} +} + +@mvcollection{NPNF1, + crossref = {NPNF1:abbreviation}, + editor = {Schaff, Philip}, + origdate = {1886/1889}, + volumes = {14}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1994}, + shorthand = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}}, + options = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist}, + sortkey = {Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Series 1}, + xref = {NPNF1:abbreviation} +} + +@mvcollection{NPNF1:abbreviation, + title = {The Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, \mkbibemph{Series~1}}, + shorttitle = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}}, + shorthand = {NPNF\textsuperscript{1}}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@classictext{augustine:letters, + entrysubtype = {churchfather}, + author = {Augustine}, + title = {The Letters of St.\@ Augustin}, + shorttitle = {Letters of St.\@ Augustin}, + volume = {1}, + crossref = {NPNF1}, + related = {NPNF1}, + relatedoptions = {useeditor=false,skipbiblist,skipbib}, + options = {skipbib=false} +} + +@mvcollection{PL, + title = {\mkbibemph{Patrologia Latina}}, + editor = {Migne, J.-P.}, + volumes = {217}, + location = {Paris}, + date = {1844/1864}, + shorthand = {PL}, + options = {useeditor=false}, + sortkey = {Patrologia Latina} +} + +@mvcollection{PG, + title = {\mkbibemph{Patrologia Graeca}}, + editor = {Migne, J.-P.}, + volumes = {162}, + location = {Paris}, + date = {1857/1886}, + shorthand = {PG}, + options = {useeditor=false}, + sortkey = {Patrologia Graeca} +} + +@classictext{gregory:orationestheologicae, + entrysubtype = {churchfather}, + author = {{Gregory of Nazianzus}}, + title = {Orationes theologicae}, + volume = {36}, + related = {PG}, + relatedoptions = {useeditor=false} +} + +@mvbook{Str-B, + author = {Strack, Hermann L. and Billerbeck, Paul}, + title = {Kommentar zum Neuen Testament aus Talmud und Midrasch}, + volumes = {6}, + location = {Munich}, + publisher = {Beck}, + date = {1922/1961}, + shorthand = {Str-B} +} + +@mvcollection{ANRW, + editor = {Temporini, Hildegard and Haase, Wolfgang}, + title = {Aufstieg und Niedergang der römischen Welt: Geschichte und Kultur Roms im Spiegel der neueren Forschung}, + shorttitle = {ANRW}, + titleaddon = {Part 2, \mkbibemph{Principat}}, + location = {Berlin}, + publisher = {de Gruyter}, + date = {1972/}, + shorthand = {ANRW} +} + +@ancienttext{anderson:pepaideumenos, + entrysubtype = {ANRW}, + author = {Anderson, Graham}, + title = {The \mkbibemph{Pepaideumenos} in Action: Sophists and Their Outlook in the Early Empire}, + shorttitle = {\mkbibemph{Pepaideumenos}}, + volume = {33}, + part = {1}, + pages = {80-208}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {de Gruyter}, + date = {1989}, + related = {ANRW}, + relatedoptions = {skipbib}, + options = {skipbib=false} +} + +@commentary{hooker:1991, + author = {Hooker, Morna}, + title = {The Gospel according to Saint Mark}, + series = {Black's New Testament Commentaries}, + shortseries = {BNTC}, + number = {2}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1991} +} + +@inbook{petersen:2006, + author = {Petersen, David L.}, + title = {Ezekiel}, + pages = {1096-1167}, + booktitle = {The HarperCollins Study Bible Fully Revised and Updated: New Revised Standard Version, with the Apocryphal/Deuterocanonical Books}, + editor = {Attridge, Harold W. and others}, + location = {San Francisco}, + publisher = {HarperSanFrancisco}, + date = {2006} +} + +@incommentary{partain:1995, + author = {Partain, Jack G.}, + title = {Numbers}, + pages = {175-179}, + booktitle = {Mercer Commentary on the Bible}, + editor = {Mills, Watson E. and others}, + location = {Macon, GA}, + publisher = {Mercer University Press}, + date = {1995} +} + +@mvcommentary{dahood:1965-1970, + author = {Dahood, Mitchell}, + title = {Psalms}, + volumes = {3}, + series = {Anchor Bible}, + shortseries = {AB}, + number = {16--17A}, + location = {Garden City, NY}, + publisher = {Doubleday}, + date = {1965/1970} +} + +@commentary{dahood:1965, + author = {Dahood, Mitchell}, + title = {Psalms I: 1--50}, + shorttitle = {Psalms I: 1--50}, + volume = {1}, + maintitle = {Psalms}, + series = {Anchor Bible}, + shortseries = {AB}, + number = {16}, + location = {Garden City, NY}, + publisher = {Doubleday}, + date = {1965} +} + +@commentary{dahood:1968, + author = {Dahood, Mitchell}, + title = {Psalms II: 51--100}, + shorttitle = {Psalms II: 51--100}, + volume = {2}, + maintitle = {Psalms}, + series = {Anchor Bible}, + shortseries = {AB}, + number = {17}, + location = {Garden City, NY}, + publisher = {Doubleday}, + date = {1968} +} + +@mvcommentary{NIB, + editor = {Keck, Leander E.}, + title = {The New Interpreter's Bible}, + shorttitle = {NIB}, + volumes = {12}, + location = {Nashville}, + publisher = {Abingdon}, + date = {1994/2004}, + shorthand = {NIB} +} + +@incommentary{miller:2001, + author = {Miller, Patrick D.}, + title = {The Book of Jeremiah: Introduction, Commentary, and Reflections}, + pages = {553-926}, + booktitle = {Introduction to Prophetic Literature, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Baruch, Letter of Jeremiah, Lamentations, Ezekiel}, + volume = {6}, + date = {2001}, + crossref = {NIB}, + xref = {NIB} +} + +@seminarpaper{crenshaw:2001, + author = {Crenshaw, James L.}, + title = {Theodicy in the Book of the Twelve}, + booktitle = {Society of Biblical Literature 2001 Seminar Papers}, + series = {Society of Biblical Literature Seminar Papers}, + shortseries = {SBLSP}, + number = {40}, + location = {Atlanta}, + publisher = {Society of Biblical Literature}, + date = {2001}, + pages = {1-18} +} + +@online{wilhelm:2013, + editor = {Wilhelm, Gernot}, + title = {Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I. von Ḫatti mit Šattiwazza von Mitrani \mkbibparens{CTH 51.I}}, + shorttitle = {Der Vertrag Šuppiluliumas I}, + releasedate = {2013-02-24}, + eprint = {CTH 51.I}, + eprintclass = {INTR 2013-02-24}, + eprinttype = {hethiter} +} + +@online{cobb:figurines, + author = {{Cobb Institute of Archaeology}}, + title = {The Figurines of Maresha, the Persian Era}, + eprint = {http://www.cobb.msstate.edu/dignew/Maresha/index.html}, + eprinttype = {DigMaster}, + options = {indexing=false} +} + +@online{100cuneiform, + title = {The One Hundred Most Important Cuneiform Objects}, + eprint = {http://cdli.ox.ac.uk/wiki/doku.php?id=the_one_hundred_most_important_cuneiform_objects}, + eprinttype = {cdli:wiki} +} + +@lexicon{BDAG, + author = {Danker, Frederick W. and Bauer, Walter and Arndt, William F. and Gingrich, F. Wilbur}, + title = {Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature.}, + edition = {3}, + location = {Chicago}, + publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, + date = {2000}, + shorthand = {BDAG} +} + +@lexicon{BDB:abbreviation, + author = {Brown, Francis and Driver, S. R. and Briggs, Charles A.}, + title = {A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament}, + shorthand = {BDB}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@lexicon{BDB, + crossref = {BDB:abbreviation}, + location = {Oxford}, + publisher = {Oxford University Press}, + date = {1906}, + shorthand = {BDB}, + xref = {BDB:abbreviation}, + options = {skipbiblist} +} + +@book{BDF, + author = {Blass, Friedrich and Debrunner, Albert and Funk, Robert W.}, + title = {A Greek Grammar of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature}, + location = {Chicago}, + publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, + date = {1961}, + shorthand = {BDF} +} + +@mvlexicon{HALOT, + author = {Koehler, Ludwig and Baumgartner, Walter and Stamm, Johann J.}, + title = {The Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon of the Old Testament}, + shorttitle = {HALOT}, + editor = {Richardson, Mervyn E. J.}, + editortype = {translated and edited under the supervision of}, + volumes = {4}, + location = {Leiden}, + publisher = {Brill}, + date = {1994/1999}, + shorthand = {HALOT} +} + +@mvlexicon{TLOT, + title = {Theological Lexicon of the Old Testament}, + shorttitle = {TLOT}, + editor = {Jenni, Ernst}, + witheditor = {Westermann, Claus}, + witheditortype = {withassistance}, + translator = {Biddle, Mark E.}, + volumes = {3}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {1997}, + shorthand = {TLOT} +} + +@misc{SBL, + note = {Society of Biblical Literature}, + shorthand = {SBL}, + options = {skipbib} +} + +@manual{SBLHS, + title = {Society of Biblical Literature Handbook of Style}, + shorttitle = {SBLHS}, + edition = {2}, + location = {Atlanta, GA}, + publisher = {SBL Press}, + date = {2014}, + shorthand = {SBLHS} +} + +@manual{SBLHS:studentsupp, + author = {Nogalski, Melanie Greer and Nogalski, James D. and Steibel, Sophia G. and West, Danny M.}, + authortype = {compiled by}, + editor = {LeMon, Joel M. and Breed, Brennan W.}, + title = {Student Supplement for the \citeshorthand{SBL} Handbook of Style, Second Edition}, + shorttitle = {Student Supplement for the \mkbibemph{\citeshorthand{SBLHS}}}, + location = {Atlanta, GA}, + publisher = {SBL Press}, + date = {2015-02}, + url = {https://www.sbl-site.org/assets/pdfs/pubs/SBLHSsupp2015-02.pdf}, + options = {useauthor=false,useeditor=false}, + sortkey = {Student Supplement for the SBL Handbook of Style, Second Edition} +} + +@mvbook{sasson:2000, + editor = {Sasson, Jack M.}, + title = {Civilizations of the Ancient Near East}, + volumes = {4}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {Scribner's Sons}, + year = {1995}, + related = {sasson:repr}, + relatedtype = {reprint} +} + +@mvbook{sasson:repr, + volumes = {4~vols.\ in 2}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {2000} +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..79fee3a9bb7 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..00c49cabd2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1176 @@ +\documentclass{ltxdockit}[2011/03/25] +\usepackage{microtype} +\usepackage{xcolor} +\usepackage{imakeidx} +\makeindex[title=Author Index,intoc] +\usepackage{btxdockit} +\usepackage{fontspec} +\usepackage{realscripts} +\usepackage{xparse} +\usepackage{framed} + +\usepackage[style=sbl,indexing=cite,backend=biber]{biblatex} +\addbibresource{biblatex-sbl.bib} + +\hypersetup{colorlinks,citecolor=spot} + +\hyphenation{Prei-sen-daz} + +\setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono}[Scale=MatchLowercase] +\setromanfont{Linux Libertine O} +\setsansfont{Linux Biolinum O}[ + BoldItalicFont={* Bold}, + BoldItalicFeatures={FakeSlant=0.2} +] + +\newcommand*{\biblatexsbl}{\sty{biblatex-sbl}\xspace} +\newcommand*{\biblatexsblhome}{https://github.com/dcpurton/biblatex-sbl/} +\newcommand*{\biblatex}{\sty{biblatex}\xspace} + +\ExplSyntaxOn +\NewDocumentCommand \samplemacro { m } + { + \texttt{#1}\par + } +\NewDocumentCommand \sblrefsamplecite { s m m m o o m } + { + \IfNoValueTF { #5 } + { + \IfNoValueT { #6 } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2\{#7\}} + } + \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}{#7} + } + } + { + \IfNoValueTF { #6 } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5]\{#7\}} + } + \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5]{#7} + } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash #2[#5][#6]\{#7\}} + } + \hspace*{\bibindent}#4\csuse{#3}[#5][#6]{#7} + } + } + } +\NewDocumentCommand \samplecite { s m o o m } + { + \rmfamily + \IfBooleanTF { #1 } + { + \sblrefsamplecite*{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par + } + { + \sblrefsamplecite{autocite}{cite}{#2.~}[#3][#4]{#5}.\par + } + } +\NewDocumentCommand \sampleparencite { s o o m } + { + \rmfamily + \IfBooleanTF { #1 } + { + \sblrefsamplecite*{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par + } + { + \sblrefsamplecite{parencite}{parencite}{}[#2][#3]{#4}\par + } + } +\NewDocumentCommand \samplebib { s m } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbibliography} + } + \hangindent\bibindent\bibentrycite{#2}.\par + } +\NewDocumentCommand \samplebiblist { s m } + { + \IfBooleanF { #1 } + { + \samplemacro{\textbackslash printbiblist\{abbreviations\}} + } + \biblistcite{#2} + } +\ExplSyntaxOff + +\lstset{% + basicstyle=\displayverbfont\normalsize, + keywordstyle=\bfseries +} + +\makeatletter +\def\ltd@printarg@iv(#1|#2){[\prm{#1}|\prm{#2}]\ltd@parseargs} +\def\ltd@printarg@v<#1|>{[\prm{#1}|]\ltd@parseargs} + +\titlepage{% + title={\biblatexsbl}, + subtitle={SBL Style Using \biblatex}, + url={\biblatexsblhome}, + author={David Purton}, + email={dcpurton@marshwiggle.net}, + revision={\sbl@abx@version}, + date={\today}} +\makeatother + +\hypersetup{% + pdftitle={biblatex-sbl}, + pdfsubject={SBL Style Using biblatex}, + pdfauthor={David Purton}, + pdfkeywords={sbl, biblatex, bibliography, citation}} + +\definecolor{spot}{rgb}{0.25,0.25,0.65} +\colorlet{shadecolor}{black!15} + +\begin{document} + +\printtitlepage + +\tableofcontents + +\section{Introduction} + +\biblatexsbl provides support to \biblatex and LaTeX for citations, +bibliography, and a list of abbreviations in the style recommended by the +Society of Biblical Literature (\citeshorthand{SBL}). The style conforms to +the second edition of the \cite{SBLHS}. + +The style supports all examples given in the handbook (see +\sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf}). Shorthand citations and a list of abbreviations +containing journals, series, and shorthands are handled automatically. +Repeated authors in the bibliography are replaced by a horizontal line. +\emph{Ibidem} is supported, but not enabled by default, as is indexing of +names. Only note style citations, not Author-Date citations are supported. +Primary sources can be cited in parentheses. \biblatexsbl is compatible with +\biblatex's support for \sty{hyperref}. + +For anything not covered in this manual, please see the \biblatex +documentation. Bugs and feature requests can be submitted at +\url{\biblatexsblhome}. + +\section{Requirements} + +\biblatexsbl requires at least version 3.5 of \biblatex and the \sty{xparse} +package. \sty{biber} must be used. \sty{bibtex} is not supported. For +localization \sty{babel}\slash\sty{polyglossia} and \sty{csquotes} are +recommended. + +\section{Usage} + +The following minimal example will set up \biblatexsbl to conform to the +defaults of the \cite{SBLHS}. + +\begin{quote} +\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[style=sbl,backend=biber]{biblatex} +\addbibresource{} +\begin{document} +\printbiblist{abbreviations} +\printbibliography +\end{document} +\end{lstlisting} +\end{quote} + +\subsection{Localization} + +By default \biblatexsbl uses American style punctuation and quotation marks. +You can choose a different style by including the +\sty{babel}\slash\sty{polyglossia} and \sty{csquotes} packages in your +document preamble. e.g., + +\begin{quote} +\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} +\usepackage[german]{babel} +\usepackage{csquotes} +\usepackage[style=sbl,backend=biber]{biblatex} +\end{lstlisting} +\end{quote} + +Currently \opt{english} (including variants such as \opt{british}, +\opt{australian}, etc.), \opt{spanish}, and \opt{german} are supported. + +\subsection{Commands} + +The standard commands for \biblatexsbl generally follow those defined by +\biblatex. Included below are the most typical commands. For more commands and +options, reference the \biblatex manual. + +\begin{ltxsyntax} + +\cmditem{autocite}[prenote](altpostnote|postnote){key} + +\cmd{autocite} inserts a citation as a footnote. If used in a footnote, the +citation is placed in parentheses. It works as in the standard \biblatex +styles, except that that \bibfield{postnote} argument can be divided into two +using the pipe (\sty{|}) character. This creates an \bibfield{altpostnote} +field which is used in some of the examples from §6.4 of the \cite{SBLHS}. +e.g., + +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[See][1.3|8:223]{clementinehomilies} +\end{snugshade} + +To use only \bibfield{altpostnote} you must still include the pipe character. +e.g., + +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[III. 1-164|]{PGM:betz} +\end{snugshade} + +\cmditem{cite}[prenote](altpostnote|postnote){key} + +\cmd{cite} works in the same way as \cmd{autocite} except that the citation is +placed directly into the text instead of in a footnote. + +\cmditem{parencite}[prenote](altpostnote|postnote){key} + +\cmd{parencite} works in the same way as \cmd{autocite} except that the +citation is placed inside parentheses instead of in a footnote. This is most +useful for citing primary sources. e.g., + +\begin{snugshade} + \sampleparencite[2.233-235]{josephus:ant} +\end{snugshade} + +\cmditem{journalcite}{key} +\cmditem{seriescite}{key} +\cmditem{shorthandcite}{key} + +\cmd{journalcite}, \cmd{seriescite},and \cmd{shorthandcite} inserts the +respective abbreviation into the text and also adds it to the list of +abbreviations. The abbreviation is hyperlinked to the list of abbreviations if +the \sty{hyperref} package is loaded. + +These commands ignore the \bibfield{prenote} and \bibfield{postnote} fields, +so can safely be used anywhere within a database entry. + +\cmditem{printbiblist} + +This command prints a bibliography list. In \biblatexsbl all abbreviations +(journals, series, and shorthands) can be printed using the following command: + +\begin{quote} + \verb+\printbiblist[...]{abbreviations}+ +\end{quote} + +See the \biblatex manual for an explanation of available optional arguments. + +\cmditem{printbiblioraphy} + +Inserts the bibliography. See the \biblatex manual for an explanation of +available optional arguments. + +\end{ltxsyntax} + +\subsection{Package Options} + +\biblatexsbl defaults to the recommendations of the \citeshorthand{SBL}, but +it also supports many of the standard options from \biblatex as well as a few +custom ones outlined below. + +\begin{optionlist} + +\optitem[sbl]{citepages}{\opt{sbl}, \opt{permit}, \opt{omit}, \opt{separate}} + +Use this option to fine-tune the formatting of the \bibfield{pages} field +the first time an entry is cited. + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[sbl] The \bibfield{postnote} field is not printed for first citations. + e.g., + + \begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[159]{leyerle:1993} + \samplecite{2}[159]{leyerle:1993} + \samplecite{3}{leyerle:1993} + \end{snugshade} + + If \bibfield{postnote} is not a page range, then it is printed in + parentheses after \bibfield{pages}. e.g., + + \begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[a note]{irvine:2014} + \samplecite{2}[a note]{irvine:2014} + \end{snugshade} + +\item[permit] The \bibfield{postnote} is printed in parentheses after the + \bibfield{pages} field. e.g., + + \makeatletter\cbx@opt@citepages@permit\makeatother + + \begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[245]{wildberger:1965} + \samplecite{2}[245]{wildberger:1965} + \end{snugshade} + + If \bibfield{postnote} is not a page range, then \bibfield{pages} is printed + for subsequent citations, and the \bibfield{postnote} is printed in + parentheses. e.g., + + \begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{3}[a note]{wildberger:1965} + \end{snugshade} + +\item[omit] The \bibfield{pages} field is not printed unless + \bibfield{postnote} is empty or not a page range. e.g., + + \makeatletter\cbx@opt@citepages@omit\makeatother + + \begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[5]{freedman:1977} + \samplecite{2}[5]{freedman:1977} + \samplecite{3}{freedman:1977} + \samplecite{4}[a note]{freedman:1977} + \end{snugshade} + +\item[separate] The \bibfield{postnote} is printed in parentheses after the + \bibfield{pages} field preceeded by the bibliography string \sty{thiscite}. + e.g., + + \makeatletter\cbx@opt@citepages@separate\makeatother + + \begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[1]{petersen:1988} + \samplecite{2}[1]{petersen:1988} + \end{snugshade} + + If \bibfield{postnote} is not a page range, then \sty{firstcite} is not + used. e.g., + + \begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{3}[a note]{leyerle:1993} + \end{snugshade} + + \makeatletter\cbx@opt@citepages@sbl\makeatother + +\end{valuelist} + +\boolitem[false]{fullbibrefs} + +The \emph{Student Supplement for the} \cite{SBLHS} permits two styles for the +bibliography entry for Bible dictionaries and encyclopaedias, and multivolume +commentaries for the entire Bible by multiple +authors.\autocite[4–5]{SBLHS:studentsupp} + +This option applies to \bibfield{@inreference} and \bibfield{@incommentary} +entry types. + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[true] The bibliography entry is printed in long form. e.g., + + \begin{snugshade} + \toggletrue{fullbibrefs} + \nocite{IDB} + \samplebib*{stendahl:1962} + \togglefalse{fullbibrefs} + \end{snugshade} + +\item[false] The bibliography entry is printed in a short form. e.g., + + \begin{snugshade} + \samplebib*{stendahl:1962} + \end{snugshade} +\end{valuelist} + +\optitem[false]{ibidtracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{context}, +\opt{strict}, \opt{constrict}} + +This option controls the \emph{ibidem} tracker. The possible choices are: + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[true] Enable the tracker in global mode. + not tracked separately between text body and footnotes. +\item[false] Disable the tracker: \emph{ibid.}\ will not be used. +\item[context] Enable the tracker in context-sensitive mode. In this mode, + citations in footnotes and in the body text are tracked separately. +\item[strict] Enable the tracker in strict mode. In this mode, potentially + ambiguous references are suppressed. A reference is considered ambiguous if + either the current citation (the one including the \emph{ibidem}) or the + previous citation (the one the \emph{ibidem} refers to) consists of a list + of references. +\item[constrict] This mode combines the features of \opt{context} and + \opt{strict}. It also keeps track of footnote numbers and detects + potentially ambiguous references in footnotes in a stricter way than the + \opt{strict} option. In addition to the conditions imposed by the + \opt{strict} option, a reference in a footnote will only be considered as + unambiguous if the current citation and the previous citation are given in + the same footnote or in immediately consecutive footnotes. +\end{valuelist} + +\boolitem[false]{ibidpage} + +The scholarly abbreviation \emph{ibidem} is sometimes taken to mean both ‘same +author + same title’ and ‘same author + same title + same page’ in traditional +citation schemes. By default, this is not the case with this style because it +may lead to ambiguous citations. If you prefer the wider interpretation of +\emph{ibidem}, set the package option \opt{ibidpage=true} or simply +\opt{ibidpage} in the preamble. The default setting is \opt{ibidpage=false}. + +\optitem[false]{idemtracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{context}, +\opt{strict}, \opt{constrict}} + +This option controls the \emph{idem} tracker. The possible choices are: + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[true] Enable the tracker in global mode. +\item[false] Disable the tracker: \emph{idem} will not be used. +\item[context] Enable the tracker in context-sensitive mode. In this mode, + citations in footnotes and in the body text are tracked separately. +\item[strict] This is an alias for \opt{true}, provided only for consistency + with the other trackers. Since \emph{idem} replacements do not get ambiguous + in the same way as \emph{ibidem}, the strict tracking mode does not apply to + them. +\item[constrict] This mode is similar to \opt{context} with one additional + condition: a reference in a footnote will only be considered as unambiguous + if the current citation and the previous citation are given in the same + footnote. +\end{valuelist} + +\optitem[false]{pagetracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}} + +This option controls whether \emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem} are used across +page breaks or not. + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[true] Enable the tracker in automatic mode. This is like \opt{spread} if + LaTeX is in twoside mode, and like \opt{page} otherwise. +\item[false] Disable the tracker. +\item[page] Enable the tracker in page mode. In this mode, tracking works on a + per-page basis. +\item[spread] Enable the tracker in spread mode. In this mode, tracking works + on a per-spread (double page) basis. +\end{valuelist} + +\optitem[comp]{releasedate}{\opt{year}, \opt{short}, \opt{long}, \opt{terse, +\opt{comp}, \opt{iso8601}}} + +Similar to the \opt{date} option (for details see the \biblatex manual) but +controls the format of the \bibfield{releasedate}. + +\boolitem[true]{sblfootnotes} + +This option controls the style of footnotes. This option is compatible with +the \sty{footmisc} package provided \sty{footmisc} is loaded before \biblatex. + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[true] Footnotes are printed with a normal number followed by a period + and the first line indented: + + \begin{snugshade} + \samplecite*{1}{talbert:1992} + \end{snugshade} + +\item[false] Footnotes are printed with a superscript (or whatever other + default has been set up by your style): + + \begin{snugshade} + \hspace*{\bibindent}\llap{\textsuperscript{1}}\cite{robinson+koester:1971}. + \end{snugshade} +\end{valuelist} + +\end{optionlist} + +\section{Database Guide} + +\subsection{Entry Types} + +This section gives an overview of the entry types supported by \biblatexsbl. +Many work in the same way as \biblatex. Some standard entry types have custom +usage, and some are unique to \biblatexsbl. These are documented more fully. + +\begin{typelist} + +\typeitem{ancienttext} + +This is a custom type for \biblatexsbl. It is used for the special examples in +\cite[§6.4.1, §6.4.3 and §6.4.8]{SBLHS}. + +Unless \opt{options = \{skipbib=false\}} is set explicitly, an +\bibtype{ancienttext} entry will not appear in the bibliography. (Although, +see \opt{ANRW} \bibfield{entrysubtype} below for an exception.) The +\bibfield{related} field is used to refer to the entry which should appear in +the bibliography instead of the \bibtype{ancienttext} entry. Options can be +set on the related entry using the \bibfield{relatedoptions} field. + +The entry pointed to by \bibfield{related} along with the \bibfield{postnote} +is printed in parentheses after the \bibfield{altpostnote}, \bibfield{editor}, +and \bibfield{translator} fields if they are present. \bibfield{translator} +and \bibfield{editor} fields are omitted for subsequent citations. e.g., + +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[319]{suppiluliumas} + \samplecite*{2}[319]{suppiluliumas} + \samplebib{ANET} +\end{snugshade} + +If the entry contains \opt{options = \{skipbib=false\}}, then the bibliography +entry will be like \bibtype{book}. Any shorthand is also printed in the same +way as a \bibtype{book} shorthand. + +The following values for the \bibfield{entrysubtype} field are supported: + +\begin{valuelist} + +\item[ANRW] + +The \opt{ANRW} \bibfield{entrysubtype} is particularly for citing \cite{ANRW} +as outlined in §6.4.8 of the \cite{SBLHS}. In this case, the entry \emph{will} +appear in the bibliography. See \sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf} for full details +of the required database entry. + +\item[chronicle] + +Formats the \bibfield{title} using an upright shape font without quotation +marks. e.g., + +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[lines 3--4|125]{esarhaddonchronicle} +\end{snugshade} + +\item[COS] + +Suppresses parentheses around \emph{COS} and the \bibfield{postnote} for +subsequent citations. e.g., + +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}{greathymnaten} + \samplecite*{2}{greathymnaten} +\end{snugshade} + +\item[inscription] + + Similarly to \opt{chronicle}, this formats the \bibfield{title} using an + upright shape font without quotation marks. + +\end{valuelist} + +\typeitem{article} + +An article in a journal or magazine. Also use this type for review articles +\parencite[§6.3.4]{SBLHS} and electronic journal articles +\parencite[§6.3.10]{SBLHS}. + +\typeitem{book} + +A single-volume book with one or more authors. + +\typeitem{mvbook} + +A multivolume \bibtype{book}. \biblatexsbl treats this as an alias for +\bibtype{book}. + +There is one \bibfield{entrysubtype} supported: + +\begin{valuelist} + +\item[RIMA] + +The citation for \citeseries{RIMA} \parencite[97]{SBLHS} is treated like a +series with a number when cited in full, but as a shorthand with a volume when +cited in short form. See \sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf} for full details. + +\end{valuelist} + +\typeitem{inbook} + +A part of a book which forms a self-contained unit with its own title. +\biblatexsbl treats this as an alias for \bibtype{incollection}. + +\typeitem{bookinbook} + +This type is similar to \bibtype{inbook} but intended for works originally +published as a stand-alone book. The main difference is that the title is +printed in italics instead of in quotation marks. See §6.4.4 in +\sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf} for an example. + +\typeitem{suppbook} + +Supplemental material in a \bibtype{book}. Use this for an introduction, +preface or foreword written by someone other than the author +\parencite[§6.2.14]{SBLHS}. The \bibfield{type} field is used to specify the +type of supplementary material. See §6.2.14 of \sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf}. + +\typeitem{classictext} + +This type is a custom type for \biblatexsbl. It is used for the special +examples in \cite[§6.4.2 and §§6.4.4–6]{SBLHS}. + +Unless \opt{options = \{skipbib=false\}} is set explicitly, a +\bibtype{classictext} entry will not appear in the bibliography. The +\bibfield{xref} field is used to refer to the entry which should appear in the +bibliography instead of the \bibtype{classictext} entry. + +If present, the \bibfield{translator} and \bibfield{series} are printed in +parentheses following the \bibfield{postnote}. e.g., + +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[15.18-19]{tacitus:ann:jackson} + \samplebib{tacitus} +\end{snugshade} + +If the entry contains \opt{options = \{skipbib=false\}}, then the bibliography +entry will be like \bibtype{incollection} except that the \bibfield{title} is +set in italics instead of within quotation marks. + +The following values for the \bibfield{entrysubtype} field are supported: + +\begin{valuelist} + +\item[churchfather] + +Entries using the \opt{churchfather} \bibfield{entrysubtype} print the entry +pointed to by \bibfield{related} within parentheses following the +\bibfield{altpostnote}. The \bibfield{postnote} field applies to the entry in +\bibfield{related}. \bibfield{relatedoptions} can be used to control some +aspects of the formatting for the related entry. \bibfield{altpostnote} is +always separated from the title by a space. + +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[28.3.5|252]{augustine:letters} + \samplebib{augustine:letters} +\end{snugshade} + +\end{valuelist} + +\typeitem{collection} + +A single-volume collection with multiple, self-contained contributions by +distinct authors which have their own title. The work as a whole has no +overall author but it will usually have an editor. \biblatexsbl treats this as +an alias for \bibtype{book}. + +\typeitem{mvcollection} + +A multi-volume \bibtype{collection}. \biblatexsbl treats this as an alias for +\bibtype{mvbook}. + +\typeitem{incollection} + +A contribution to a collection which forms a self-contained unit with a +distinct author and title. + +\typeitem{commentary} + +A single-volume commentary on a book (or part of a book) of the Bible by one +or more authors. This entry type is similar to \bibtype{book}, except that any +\bibfield{volume} and \bibfield{maintitle} is only printed in the +bibliography, not the citation. + +\typeitem{mvcommentary} + +A multi-volume commentary on a single book of the Bible by one or more authors +or a multi-volume commentary on the whole Bible by multiple authors. +\biblatexsbl treats this as an alias to \bibtype{mvbook}. + +\typeitem{incommentary} + +A contribution to a commentary which forms a self-contained unit with a +distinct author and title. This is typically a commentary on a book of the +Bible appearing in a single or multi-volume commentary on the entire Bible. + +If an entry contains an \bibfield{xref} field, then the bibliography entry is +printed in either short or long form as described above under +\opt{fullbibrefs}. Otherwise this entry is treated as an alias for +\bibtype{incollection}. + +\typeitem{conferencepaper} + +An unpublished paper presented at a professional society. Use the +\bibfield{eventtitle}, \bibfield{venue}, and \bibfield{eventdate} fields to +specify relevant detail for the conference. + +\typeitem{lexicon} + +A single-volume lexicon or theological dictionary. \biblatexsbl treats this as +an alias for \bibtype{book}. + +\typeitem{mvlexicon} + +A multi-volume lexicon or theological dictionary. \biblatex treats this as an +alias for \bibtype{mvbook}. + +\typeitem{inlexicon} + +An article in a lexicon or theological dictionary. This is a custom type for +\biblatexsbl. The required \bibfield{xref} field must contain the entry name +of a \bibtype{lexicon} or \bibtype{mvlexicon}. The \bibtype{inlexicon} entry +does not appear in the bibliography. Instead the lexicon pointed to by +\bibfield{xref} appears in the bibliography. + +Subsequent citations do not include the article title, only the name of the +lexicon. e.g., + +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[511]{dahn+liefeld:see+vision+eye} + \samplecite{2}[511]{dahn+liefeld:see+vision+eye} + \samplebib{NIDNTT} +\end{snugshade} + +\typeitem{manual} + +Technical or other documentation, not necessarily in printed form. \biblatexsbl +treats this as an alias for \bibtype{book}. + +\typeitem{misc} + +A fallback type for entries which do not fit into any other category. Use the +\bibfield{howpublished} field to supply publishing information in free format, +if applicable. + +This type is also set up to be able to insert an item into the list of +abbreviations. So it is permissible to include just \bibfield{journaltitle} +and \bibfield{shortjournal} or \bibfield{series} and \bibfield{shortseries}, +or \bibfield{shorthand} and relevant fields. In this case ensure that +\bibfield{options = \{skipbib\}} is set. + +\typeitem{online} + +An online resource without a print counterpart. \biblatexsbl treats this as an +alias for \bibtype{article}. + +\typeitem{proceedings} + +A single-volume conference proceedings. In \biblatexsbl this as an alias for +\bibtype{collection}. + +\typeitem{mvproceedings} + +A multi-volume \bibtype{proceedings} entry. In \biblatexsbl this as an alias +for \bibtype{mvcollection}. + +\typeitem{inproceedings} + +An article in a conference proceedings. In \biblatexsbl this as an alias for +\bibtype{incollection}. + +\typeitem{reference} + +A single-volume encyclopaedia or dictionary. \biblatexsbl treats this as an +alias for \bibtype{book}. + +\typeitem{mvreference} + +A multi-volume \bibtype{reference}. \biblatexsbl treats this as an alias for +\bibtype{mvbook}. + +\typeitem{inreference} + +An article in an encyclopaedia or dictionary. The required \bibfield{xref} +field must contain the entry name of a \bibtype{reference} or +\bibtype{mvreference}. + +The bibliography entry is printed in either short or long form as described +above under \opt{fullbibrefs}. + +\typeitem{review} + +A book review in a journal. This is similar to the \bibtype{article} entry +type. Use the \bibfield{revdauthor}\slash\bibfield{revdeditor} and +\bibfield{revdtitle} fields to specify the author\slash editor and title of +the book being reviewed. + +Note that review articles are treated like articles and should use the +\bibtype{article} entry type. + +\typeitem{seminarpaper} + +An \citeshorthand{SBL} seminar paper. This is a custom entry type for +\biblatexsbl. See §6.4.11 of \sty{biblatex-sbl-test} for an example. + +\typeitem{set} + +An entry set. This entry type is special. See the \biblatex manual for +details. + +\typeitem{thesis} + +A unpublishes thesis written for an educational institution to satisfy the +requirements for a degree. Use the \bibfield{type} field to specify the type of +thesis and the \bibfield{institution} to specify the educational institution. + +\typeitem{unpublished} + +A work with an author and a title which has not been formally published, such +as a manuscript or the script of a talk. Use the fields howpublished and note +to supply additional information in free format, if applicable. + +See §6.3.8 of \sty{biblatex-sbl-test} for an example. + +\end{typelist} + +\subsection{Entry Fields} + +\biblatexsbl supports many of the entry fields outlined in the \biblatex +manual. There are also a number of custom entry fields supported by +\biblatexsbl. These are documented below. + +\begin{fieldlist} + +\listitem{bookeditor}{name} + +The editor(s) of the \bibfield{booktitle}. + +\listitem{booktranslator}{name} + +The translator(s) of the \bibfield{booktitle}. + +\listitem{maineditor}{name} + +The editor(s) of the \bibfield{maintitle}. + +\listitem{maintranslator}{name} + +The translator(s) of the \bibfield{maintitle}. + +\fielditem{releasedate}{date} + +The date a text edition published online with no print counterpart is +released. See §6.4.13 of \sty{biblatex-sbl-test.pdf}. + +\fielditem{releaseday}{datepart} + +This field holds the day component of the \bibfield{releasedate} field. + +\fielditem{releasemonth}{datepart} + +This field holds the month component of the \bibfield{releasedate} field. + +\fielditem{releaseyear}{datepart} + +This field holds the year component of the \bibfield{releasedate} field. + +\listitem{revdauthor}{name} + +The author(s) of the \bibfield{revdtitle}. + +\listitem{revdeditor}{name} + +The editor(s) of the \bibfield{revdtitle}. + +\fielditem{revdshorttitle}{literal} + +The title of a book being review in an abridged form. This field is used in +subsequent citations of \bibtype{review} entry types. + +\fielditem{revdsubtitle}{literal} + +The subtitle of a book being reviewed. + +\fielditem{revdtitle}{literal} + +The title of a book being reviewed. + +\fielditem{revdtitleaddon}{literal} + +An annex to the \bibfield{revdtitle}, to be printed in a different font. + +\listitem{revdtranslator}{name} + +The translator(s) of the \bibfield{revdtitle}. + +\fielditem{seriesseries}{literal} + +This field is used when a \bibfield{series} is begun anew to distinguish +between the old and new series. See \cite[§6.2.24]{SBLHS}. + +\fielditem{shortbooktitle}{literal} + +The \bibfield{booktitle} in abridged form. + +\fielditem{shortmaintitle}{literal} + +The \bibfield{maintitle} in abridged form. + +\listitem{withauthor}{name} + +The author(s) who assist the \bibfield{author}. See \bibfield{witheditortype}, +below, for an example. + +\fielditem{withauthortype}{literal} + +The type of \bibfield{withauthor}. This field will affect the string used to +introduce the author(s) who assist the author. If unspecified, the +bibliography string \sty{with} is used. + +\listitem{witheditor}{name} + +The editor(s) who assist the \bibfield{editor}. + +\fielditem{witheditortype}{literal} + +The type of \bibfield{witheditor}. This field will affect the string used to +introduce the editor(s) who assist the editor. If unspecified, the +bibliography string \sty{with} is used. + +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[1:24]{TLOT} + \samplebib{TLOT} + \samplebiblist{TLOT} +\end{snugshade} + +\listitem{withtranslator}{name} + +The translator(s) who assist the \bibfield{translator}. + +\fielditem{withtranslatortype}{literal} + +The type of \bibfield{withtranslator}. This field will affect the string used +to introduce the translator(s) who assist the translator. If unspecified, the +bibliography string \sty{with} is used. + +\listitem{withbookauthor}{name} + +The author(s) who assist the \bibfield{bookauthor}. + +\fielditem{withbookauthortype}{literal} + +This field is analogous to the \bibfield{withauthortype}, but for the +\bibfield{bookauthor}. + +\listitem{withbookeditor}{name} + +The editor(s) who assist the \bibfield{bookeditor}. + +\fielditem{withbookeditortype}{literal} + +This field is analogous to the \bibfield{witheditortype}, but for the +\bibfield{bookeditor}. + +\listitem{withbooktranslator}{name} + +The translator(s) who assist the \bibfield{booktranslator}. + +\fielditem{withbooktranslatortype}{literal} + +This field is analogous to the \bibfield{withtranslatortype}, but for the +\bibfield{booktranslator}. + +\listitem{withmainauthor}{name} + +The author(s) who assist the \bibfield{mainauthor}. + +\fielditem{withmainauthortype}{literal} + +This field is analogous to the \bibfield{withauthortype}, but for the +\bibfield{mainauthor}. + +\listitem{withmaineditor}{name} + +The editor(s) who assist the \bibfield{maineditor}. + +\fielditem{withmaineditortype}{literal} + +This field is analogous to the \bibfield{witheditortype}, but for the +\bibfield{maineditor}. + +\listitem{withmaintranslator}{name} + +The translator(s) who assist the \bibfield{maintranslator}. + +\fielditem{withmaintranslatortype}{literal} + +This field is analogous to the \bibfield{withtranslatortype}, but for the +\bibfield{maintranslator}. + +\end{fieldlist} + +\subsection{Entry Options} + +\biblatexsbl supports many of the entry options outlined in the \biblatex +manual. There are also a number of custom entry options supported by +\biblatexsbl. These are documented below. + +\begin{optionlist} + +\optitem[false]{skipbiblistshorthand}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}} + +This option controls what appears in the list of abbreviations for database +entries containing both a \bibfield{shorthand} and a \bibfield{shortseries}. +For entries not containing a \bibfield{shortseries} just use the option +\opt{skipbiblist}. The possible options are: + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[true] Do not include the \bibfield{shorthand} in the list of + abbreviations. +\item[false] Include the \bibfield{shorthand} in the list of abbreviations. +\end{valuelist} + +\optitem[false]{skipbiblistshortseries}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}} + +This option controls what appears in the list of abbreviations for database +entries containing both a \bibfield{shorthand} and a \bibfield{shortseries}. +For entries not containing a \bibfield{shorthand} just use the option +\opt{skipbiblist}. The possible options are: + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[true] Do not include the \bibfield{shortseries} in the list of + abbreviations. +\item[false] Include the \bibfield{shortseries} in the list of abbreviations. +\end{valuelist} + +\optitem[true]{shorthand}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{short}} + +This option controls when and whether the \bibfield{shorthand} field is used +as a citation. + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[true] Always use the \bibfield{shorthand} when citing the entry. +\item[false] Never use the \bibfield{shorthand} when citing the entry. +\item[short] Print the full citation the first time the entry is cited. Use + the \bibfield{shorthand} on subsequent citations. +\end{valuelist} + +\optitem[true]{usefullcite}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}} + +This options controls the format of first citations. The possible choices are: + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[true] Use a full citation the first time the entry is cited. +\item[false] Use the short citation form the first time the entry is cited. +\end{valuelist} + +\optitem[true]{useshorttitle}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}} + +This option controls the format of subsequent citations. The possible choices +are: + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[true] Include the \bibfield{shorttitle} or \bibfield{title} in + subsequent citations. +\item[false] Suppress the \bibfield{shorttitle} or \bibfield{title} in + subsequent citations, so only the author(s) or editor(s) are printed. +\end{valuelist} + +\optitem[true]{usevolume}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}} + +This option controls whether the \bibfield{volume} is printed as part of the +citation text or as part of the \bibfield{postnote}. + +\begin{valuelist} +\item[true] Print the \bibfield{volume} as part of the main citation + information. e.g., “Vol.~1.” +\item[false] Print the \bibfield{volume} field as part of the + \bibfield{postnote}. e.g., “1:” +\end{valuelist} + +\end{optionlist} + +\subsection{Reprints} + +\biblatexsbl supports three different ways of doing reprints with varying +complexity. + +If only the original publisher, location, and/or year are required, then use +the fields \bibfield{origpublisher}, \bibfield{origlocation}, and +\bibfield{origdate}. e.g., + +\begin{quote} +\begin{lstlisting}{} +@book{vanseters:1997, + author = {Van Seters, John}, + title = {In Search of History: Histeriography in the Ancient + World and the Origins of Biblical History}, + origlocation = {New Haven}, + origpublisher = {Yale University Press}, + origdate = {1983}, + location = {Winona Lake, IN}, + publisher = {Eisenbrauns}, + date = {1997} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[90]{vanseters:1997} + \samplebib{vanseters:1997} +\end{snugshade} +\end{quote} + +When extra information is required, use a related entry with +\bibfield{relatedtype = \{reprint\}}. A custom string can be specified instead +of “Repr.” using the optional \bibfield{relatedstring} field. In this case no +punctuation is inserted after the \bibfield{relatedstring}. You could think of +the default being \bibfield{relatedstring = \{\cmd{bibstring}\{reprint\},\}}. +e.g., + +\begin{quote} +\begin{lstlisting}{} +@mvbook{sasson:2000, + editor = {Sasson, Jack M.}, + title = {Civilizations of the Ancient Near East}, + volumes = {4}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {Scribner's Sons}, + year = {1995}, + related = {sasson:repr}, + relatedtype = {reprint} +} +@mvbook{sasson:repr, + volumes = {4~vols.\ in 2}, + location = {Peabody, MA}, + publisher = {Hendrickson}, + date = {2000} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[1:40]{sasson:2000} + \samplebib{sasson:2000} +\end{snugshade} +\end{quote} + +A full reprint history also uses the \bibfield{related} field, but with some +other \bibfield{relatedtype} apart from \bibfield{relatedtype = \{reprint\}}. +e.g., + +\begin{quote} +\begin{lstlisting}{} +@book{wellhausen:1883, + author = {Wellhausen, Julius}, + title = {Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels}, + edition = {2}, + location = {Berlin}, + publisher = {Reimer}, + date = {1883} +} +@book{wellhausen:1885, + author = {Wellhausen, Julius}, + title = {Prolegomena to the History of Israel}, + translator = {Black, J. Sutherland and Enzies, A.}, + preface = {Smith, W. Robertson}, + location = {Edinburgh}, + publisher = {Black}, + related = {wellhausen:1883}, + relatedtype = {translationof}, + date = {1885} +} +@book{wellhausen:1957, + author = {Wellhausen, Julius}, + title = {Prolegomena to the History of Ancient Israel}, + location = {New York}, + publisher = {Meridian Books}, + related = {wellhausen:1885}, + relatedtype = {reprintof}, + date = {1957} +} +\end{lstlisting} +\begin{snugshade} + \samplecite{1}[20]{wellhausen:1957} + \samplebib{wellhausen:1957} +\end{snugshade} +\end{quote} + +\printbiblist[heading=biblistintoc]{abbreviations} + +\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc] + +\printindex + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3424a9aac6b Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0ac09853153 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.tex @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +\documentclass[letterpaper,12pt,oneside,openany]{book} + +%% Pass ibid and idem options to biblatex +%\PassOptionsToPackage{pagetracker,ibidtracker=context,ibidpage,idemtracker=constrict}{biblatex} + +\usepackage{sbl-paper} + +%% Add your bib resource here +\addbibresource{biblatex-sbl.bib} + +%% Index setup +%% Include separate indices for subjects, authors, and Scripture references +\makeindex[title=Subject Index,intoc] +\makeindex[name=\jobname-scr,title=Scripture Reference Index,intoc,options=-s sbl-paper-bibleref.ist] +\makeindex[name=\jobname-aut,title=Author Index,intoc] +%% Index Bible references in a scripture index +\renewcommand{\biblerefindex}{\index[\jobname-scr]} +%% Redefine index format so biblatex inserts names into an author index +\DeclareIndexNameFormat{default}{% + \nameparts{#1}% + \usebibmacro{index:name} + {\index[\jobname-aut]} + {\namepartfamily} + {\namepartgiven} + {\namepartprefix} + {\namepartsuffix}} + +%% Set default language to German +%\setdefaultlanguage{german} + +%% Set quotation style to British English +%\setquotestyle[british]{english} + +%% Set default font +\setromanfont{Linux Libertine O} + +%% Disable hyperlinks +%\hypersetup{draft=true} + + +\begin{document} + +\institution{[Name of Institution]} +\title{Title of Paper} +\professor{[Name of Professor]} +\course{[Course Number and Title]} +\author{[Your Name]} +\date{[Month, Day, Year]} +\maketitle + +\frontmatter + +\tableofcontents + +\printbiblist[heading=biblistintoc]{abbreviations} + +\mainmatter + +\firstsection[Primary Heading]{Primary Heading \break + Long Titles Are Single-Spaced on Subsequent Lines} + +\index{margins}% +The top margin is two inches for the first page only. There are two blank +lines between the title and the text (or subheading if there is one). The +left, right, top, and bottom margins are one inch. The first pages of chapters +are formatted like the primary heading. + +Indent the first line of subsequent paragraphs. All main text should be set in +a standard 12-point font such as Times-New-Roman. + +\subsection{First-Level Subheading} + +Keep two blank lines between the text of the preceding section and a +subheading, regardless of the level. A first level subheading is centered, +bold, and capitalized headline style. + +\subsubsection{Second-Level Subheading} + +There are two blank lines between the text of the preceding section and the +subheading. A second-level subheading is centered and capitalized headline +style. + +\paragraph{Third-Level Subheading} + +A third level subheading is on the left margin, in bold, italics, and +capitalized headline style. A heading should never be the last text on a page. +If necessary, add extra blank space at the end of the page and begin the +following page with a heading. + +\subparagraph{Fourth-Level Subheading} + +A fourth-level subheading is on the left margin, capitalized headline style. + +The page numbers for the noninitial pages of the paper (or chapter) are +located at the top right corner. The text of the body of the paper is +double-spaced except for blocked +quotations. +\begin{quoting} + \index{quotations!block}% + This is a blocked quotation. It should consist of five or more lines of text + and be indented one-half inch. Block quotations should be single-spaced. No + quotation marks are used at the beginning or the end of the quote. Double + quotation marks within the original matter are retained. The blocked quote + is set off by a regular double space before and after the quote. Note that + regular spacing resumes after the end of the quotation.\footnote{The first + line of a footnote is indented one-half inch. A 10-point font is acceptable. + Footnotes, unlike the main text of the paper, should be single-spaced.} +\end{quoting} +After a block quotation, return to double-spaced text justified to the left +margin until you finish the paragraph. + +\index{footnotes}% +Footnotes at the bottom of the page are separated by a two-inch +rule.\footnote{There should be a blank line between each note and a blank en +space between the number and the first word of the note.} Maintain subsequent +numbering in notes. Make sure a footnote and the text to which it refers are +on the same page. + +\section{Citations} + +\index{citations}% +Citations should be referenced using \verb+\autocite+ or \verb+\autocites+ for +citations in footnotes and \verb+\parencite+ or \verb+\parencites+ for +citations in parentheses. For example, here is a dictionary with a shorthand: +\parencite{NIDNTT}. Here's a commentary,\autocite{dahood:1965-1970} and here's +the same article referenced in two different +publications.\autocites{freedman:1977,freedman:1980} + +\section{Greek and Hebrew} + +\index{Greek!paragraph}Paragraph Greek: +\begin{quoting} + \begin{greek} + Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος. + \textenglish{(\pibibleverse{John 1:1})} + \end{greek} +\end{quoting} +\index{Hebrew!paragraph}Paragraph Hebrew: +\begin{quoting} + \begin{hebrew} + בְּרֵאשִׁית בָּרָא אֱלֹהִים אֵת הַשָּׁמַיִם וְאֵת הָאָרֶץ. + \textenglish{(\pibibleverse{Genesis 1:1})} + \end{hebrew} +\end{quoting} +\index{Greek!inline}Inline Greek (\textgreek{Ἐν ἀρχῇ}), +\index{Greek!transliterated}transliterated Greek (\emph{En archē}), +\index{Hebrew!inline}Hebrew (\texthebrew{בראשית}), and +\index{Hebrew!transliterated}transliterated Hebrew (\emph{bərēʾšı̂t}). + +\appendix + +\chapter{Appendix Title} + +\index{appendixes}% +There should be two blank lines between the title and the text. + +Each appendix should have a number and a title, unless there is only one +appendix, in which case the appendix does not need a number. Every appendix +requires a heading, so if you are including a preexisting document you will +need to type a heading (i.e., the appendix number and title) on that document +so that it conforms to your numbered appendixes. + +An appendix is formatted like the first page of a chapter, using a two-inch +top margin. Locate page numbers at the bottom center of the first page of each +appendix and at the top right corner of subsequent pages. If the appendix is +already numbered, put those page numbers in square brackets. Page numbering +for the appendixes is consecutive with the rest of the paper. + +Margins for the appendixes should be the same as the rest of the paper. You +may need to reduce the content of the appendix to fit the margins. + +\backmatter + +\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc] + +\singlespacing + +\printindex + +\printindex[\jobname-scr] + +\printindex[\jobname-aut] + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper-bibleref.ist b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper-bibleref.ist new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0257d460a9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper-bibleref.ist @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +preamble +"\\begin{theindex} +\\renewcommand\\item{\\bigskip\\par\\normalfont\\bfseries} +\\renewcommand\\subitem{\\medskip\\par\\normalfont\\itshape} +\\newcommand\\firstsubitem{\\medskip\\par\\nobreak\\hangindent 1in\\normalfont\\itshape} +\\renewcommand\\subsubitem{\\par\\hangindent 1in\\normalfont\\hspace*{0.25in}} +\\newcommand\\firstsubsubitem{\\par\\nobreak\\hangindent 1in\\normalfont\\hspace*{0.25in}}\n" + +item_01 +"\n \\firstsubitem" + +item_x1 +"\n \\firstsubitem" + +item_2 +"\n \\subsubitem\\raggedright\\strut\\rlap{" + +item_12 +"\n \\firstsubsubitem\\raggedright\\strut\\rlap{" + +item_x2 +"\n \\firstsubsubitem\\raggedright\\strut\\rlap{" + +delim_0 "\\normalfont , " +delim_1 "\\normalfont , " +delim_2 "}\\normalfont\\hspace*{0.75in}%" diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.def new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..acee0035a08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/biblatex-sbl.def @@ -0,0 +1,1940 @@ +\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard} +\RequireBiber[3] + +% BibLaTeX version 3.5 or greater required +\newdimen \biblatex@version +\biblatex@version = \abx@version pt +\ifdim \biblatex@version < 3.45pt + \PackageError{biblatex-sbl}{BibLaTeX v3.5 or greater is required} +\fi + +% Require xparse +\RequirePackage{xparse} + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% VERSION STRINGS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\def\sbl@abx@date{2016/10/11} +\def\sbl@abx@version{0.7} +\def\sbl@abx@bbxid{\sbl@abx@date\space v\sbl@abx@version\space biblatex-sbl bibliography style} +\def\sbl@abx@cbxid{\sbl@abx@date\space v\sbl@abx@version\space biblatex-sbl citation style} +\def\sbl@abx@lbxid{\sbl@abx@date\space v\sbl@abx@version\space biblatex-sbl localization} +\def\sbl@abx@defid{\sbl@abx@date\space v\sbl@abx@version\space biblatex-sbl definitions and macros} + +\ProvidesFile{biblatex-sbl.def}[\sbl@abx@defid] + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% CITEPAGES OPTION +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\DeclareRangeChars{~,;-+/:} + +\NumCheckSetup{\def\mkbibparens#1{#1}} + +\renewbibmacro*{postnote}{} +\newbibmacro*{pages}{} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{citepages}[permit]{% + \ifcsdef{cbx@opt@citepages@#1} + {\csuse{cbx@opt@citepages@#1}} + {\PackageError{biblatex} + {Invalid option 'citepages=#1'} + {Valid values are 'sbl', 'permit', 'omit', 'separate'.}}} + +\providebibmacro*{postnote}{} +\providebibmacro*{pages}{} + +\def\cbx@opt@citepages@sbl{% + \renewbibmacro*{pages}{% + \iffieldundef{pages} + {} + {\printfield{pages}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{postnote}} + or + bool {bbx@inset} + } + {} + {\iffieldpages{postnote} + {} + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}}% + \renewbibmacro*{postnote}{% + \iffieldundef{postnote} + {\printfield{pages}} + {\iffieldpages{postnote} + {\printfield{postnote}} + {\iffieldundef{pages} + {\printfield{postnote}} + {\printfield{pages}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}}} + +\def\cbx@opt@citepages@permit{% + \renewbibmacro*{pages}{% + \iffieldundef{pages} + {} + {\printfield{pages}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{postnote}} + or + bool {bbx@inset} + } + {} + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}% + \renewbibmacro*{postnote}{% + \iffieldundef{postnote} + {\printfield{pages}} + {\iffieldpages{postnote} + {\printfield{postnote}} + {\iffieldundef{pages} + {\newunit + \printfield{postnote}} + {\printfield{pages}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}}} + +\def\cbx@opt@citepages@omit{% + \renewbibmacro*{pages}{% + \iffieldundef{pages} + {} + {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{postnote}} + or + bool {bbx@inset} + } + {\printfield{pages}} + {\iffieldpages{postnote} + {\printfield{postnote}} + {\printfield{pages}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}}% + \renewbibmacro*{postnote}{% + \iffieldundef{postnote} + {\printfield{pages}} + {\iffieldpages{postnote} + {\printfield{postnote}} + {\iffieldundef{pages} + {\newunit + \printfield{postnote}} + {\printfield{pages}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{\printfield{postnote}}}}}}} + +\def\cbx@opt@citepages@separate{% + \renewbibmacro*{pages}{% + \iffieldundef{pages} + {} + {\printfield{pages}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{postnote}} + or + bool {bbx@inset} + } + {} + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \iffieldpages{postnote} + {\bibstring{thiscite}% + \setunit{\addspace}} + {}% + \printfield{postnote}}}}}% + \renewbibmacro*{postnote}{% + \iffieldundef{postnote} + {\printfield{pages}} + {\iffieldpages{postnote} + {\printfield{postnote}} + {\iffieldundef{pages} + {\printfield{postnote}} + {\printfield{pages}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \iffieldpages{postnote} + {\bibstring{thiscite}% + \setunit{\addspace}} + {}% + \printfield{postnote}}}}}}} + + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% IDEM MACROS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +% only use idem within footnote +\let\cbx@ifmpfncheck\blx@ifmpfncheck +\patchcmd{\cbx@ifmpfncheck}{\tw@}{\@ne}{}{} +\let\cbx@ifciteidem@constrict\blx@ifciteidem@constrict +\patchcmd{\cbx@ifciteidem@constrict}{\blx@ifmpfncheck}{\cbx@ifmpfncheck}{}{} + +\def\blx@opt@idemtracker@constrict{% + \let\blx@imc@ifciteidem\cbx@ifciteidem@constrict + \let\blx@idemtracker\blx@idemtracker@constrict + \let\blx@idemreset\blx@idemreset@context + \booltrue{citetracker}} + +\newbibmacro*{ifidemused}{% + \ifciteidem + {\bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}% + \@firstoftwo} + {\@secondoftwo}} + + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% COMMENTARY OPTIONS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\newtoggle{fullbibrefs} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{fullbibrefs}[true]{% + \ifstrequal{#1}{true} + {\toggletrue{fullbibrefs}} + {\togglefalse{fullbibrefs}}} + + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% ENTRY OPTIONS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\newtoggle{blx@skipbiblistseries} +\newtoggle{blx@skipbiblistshorthand} +\newtoggle{blx@usefullcite} +\newtoggle{blx@usevolume} +\newtoggle{blx@useshorttitle} + +\DeclareTypeOption{skipbiblistseries}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@skipbiblistseries}{#1}} +\DeclareEntryOption{skipbiblistseries}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@skipbiblistseries}{#1}} + +\DeclareTypeOption{skipbiblistshorthand}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@skipbiblistshorthand}{#1}} +\DeclareEntryOption{skipbiblistshorthand}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@skipbiblistshorthand}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{useshorttitle}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@useshorttitle}{#1}} +\DeclareTypeOption{useshorttitle}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@useshorttitle}{#1}} +\DeclareEntryOption{useshorttitle}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@useshorttitle}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{usefullcite}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@usefullcite}{#1}} +\DeclareTypeOption{usefullcite}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@usefullcite}{#1}} +\DeclareEntryOption{usefullcite}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@usefullcite}{#1}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{usevolume}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@usevolume}{#1}} +\DeclareTypeOption{usevolume}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@usevolume}{#1}} +\DeclareEntryOption{usevolume}[true]{% + \settoggle{blx@usevolume}{#1}} + +\def\blx@shorthand{} +\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shorthand}[true]{% + \def\blx@shorthand{#1}} + + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% STYLE OPTIONS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +% footnote style +\let\orig@makefntext\@makefntext +\DeclareBibliographyOption{sblfootnotes}[true]{% + \ifstrequal{#1}{true} + {\@ifpackageloaded{footmisc} + {\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]{% + \parindent\footnotemargin% + \@thefnmark.\@\space + \footnotelayout + ##1}} + {\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]{% + \parindent 1em% + \@thefnmark.\@\space + ##1}}} + {\let\@makefntext\orig@makefntext}} + +\DeclareBibliographyOption{ibidpage}[true]{% + \ifstrequal{#1}{true} + {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=true}} + {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=false}}} + +\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{% + citetracker, + punctfont, + alldates=comp, + releasedate=comp, + dateabbrev=false, + autocite=footnote, + url, + related, + minxrefs=1, + isbn=false, + ibidtracker=false, + ibidpage=false, + maxbibnames=99, + maxcitenames=3, + citepages=sbl, + fullbibrefs=false, + sblfootnotes, + usefullcite, + useshorttitle, + usevolume +} + +\ExecuteBibliographyOptions[classictext,ancienttext]{% + skipbib +} + +\ExecuteBibliographyOptions[inlexicon]{% + skipbib +} + +\urlstyle{same} +\def\UrlBreaks{\do\@\do\\\do\/\do\!\do\_\do\|\do\;\do\>\do\]% + \do\)\do\,\do\?\do\'\do+\do\=\do\#}% +\def\UrlSpecials{\do\.{\penalty\UrlBreakPenalty\mathchar`.}% + \do\-{\penalty\UrlBreakPenalty\mathchar`-}% + \do\ {\Url@space}\do\%{\Url@percent}\do\^^M{\Url@space}% + \Url@force@Tilde}% package option may force faked text-ascii-tilde + +\NewBibliographyString{to} +\NewBibliographyString{of} +\NewBibliographyString{with} +\NewBibliographyString{withassistance} +\NewBibliographyString{withpreface} +\NewBibliographyString{paperpresented} +\NewBibliographyString{released} + +\DeclareLanguageMapping{english}{sbl-american} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{sbl-american} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{british}{sbl-british} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{german}{sbl-german} +\DeclareLanguageMapping{spanish}{sbl-spanish} + +\renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{\addcolon\space} +\newcommand*{\namedashpunct}{\adddot\space} +\newcommand*{\lexiconfinalnamedelim}{\addcomma\space} +\renewcommand*{\relateddelim}{\addsemicolon\space} + +\setcounter{mincompwidth}{10} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{doi}{% + \printtext{doi}\addcolon + \ifhyperref + {\href{http://dx.doi.org/#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}} + {\nolinkurl{#1}}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{% + \ifinteger{#1} + {\mkbibordedition{#1}~\bibsstring{edition}} + {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}\isdot}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:ebook}{#1 \biblstring{edition}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint}{% + \iffieldundef{eprinttype} + {eprint} + {\thefield{eprinttype}}% + \newunitpunct + \ifhyperref + {\url{#1}} + {\nolinkurl{#1}}% + \iffieldundef{eprintclass} + {} + {\addspace\mkbibparens{\thefield{eprintclass}}}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:arxiv}{% + arXiv\addcolon\space + \ifhyperref + {\href{http://arxiv.org/\abx@arxivpath/#1}{% + \nolinkurl{#1}% + \iffieldundef{eprintclass} + {} + {\addspace\mkbibbrackets{\thefield{eprintclass}}}}} + {\nolinkurl{#1} + \iffieldundef{eprintclass} + {} + {\addspace\mkbibbrackets{\thefield{eprintclass}}}}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{eprint:hethiter}{% + \printtext{doi}\addcolon + \ifhyperref + {\href{http://hethiter.net/:\%20#1}{% + hethiter\slash\addcolon\space + \nolinkurl{#1}% + \iffieldundef{eprintclass} + {} + {\addspace\mkbibparens{\thefield{eprintclass}}}}} + {hethiter\slash\addcolon\space + \nolinkurl{#1} + \iffieldundef{eprintclass} + {} + {\addspace\mkbibparens{\thefield{eprintclass}}}}} +\renewcommand*{\volcitedelim}{\addcolon} +\DeclareFieldFormat{volcitevolume}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{volcitepages}{\mkcomprange{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{part}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{pt}{\bibstring{part}~#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{postnote}{\mkcomprange{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{multipostnote}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{byauthor}{\bibstring{byauthor} #1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{revdtitle}{\biblstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{revdshorttitle}{\biblstring{reviewof} \mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{shorttitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{shortbooktitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{shortmaintitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournal}{\mkbibemph{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{seriesseries}{#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{\mkcomprange{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{pagesin}{\mkcomprange[\mkpageprefix]{#1} \usebibmacro{in}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{volume}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{vol}{\bibsstring{volume}~#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{volumeof}{\bibsstring{volume}~#1 \bibstring{of}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{volumes}{#1\ifnumeral{#1}{~\bibsstring{volumes}}{}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{partof}{\bibstring{part}~#1 \bibstring{of}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{no}{\bibsstring{number}~#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{urldate}{} +\DeclareFieldFormat{releasedate}{\bibstring{released}\space#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{editortype}{\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{withauthortype}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{witheditortype}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{withtranslatortype}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{withbookauthortype}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{withbookeditortype}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{withbooktranslatortype}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{withmainauthortype}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{withmaineditortype}{#1} +\DeclareFieldFormat{withmaintranslatortype}{#1} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{cptype}{\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibcpstring{#1}}{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{quote}{\mkbibquote{#1}} + +\DeclareNameAlias{withauthor}{given-family} +\DeclareNameAlias{witheditor}{given-family} +\DeclareNameAlias{withtranslator}{given-family} +\DeclareNameAlias{withbookauthor}{given-family} +\DeclareNameAlias{withbookeditor}{given-family} +\DeclareNameAlias{withbooktranslator}{given-family} +\DeclareNameAlias{withmainauthor}{given-family} +\DeclareNameAlias{withmaineditor}{given-family} +\DeclareNameAlias{withmaintranslator}{given-family} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:reprint}{#1\printunit{\addcomma\space}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat[incommentary,inreference,inlexicon,online,review,seminarpaper,conferencepaper]{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[incommentary,inreference,inlexicon,online,review,seminarpaper,conferencepaper]{shorttitle}{\mkbibquote{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat{howpublished}{\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}} +\DeclareFieldFormat[ancienttext]{title}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{inscription}} + or + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{chronicle}} + } + {#1} + {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{churchfather} + {\mkbibemph{#1}} + {\mkbibquote{#1}}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvbook}{cite:book} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvcollection}{cite:collection} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{collection}{book} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvcollection}{collection} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:collection}{cite:book} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvreference}{mvbook} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvreference}{cite:mvbook} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{reference}{book} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:reference}{cite:book} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{lexicon}{reference} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:lexicon}{cite:reference} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvlexicon}{mvreference} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvlexicon}{cite:mvreference} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{inbook}{incollection} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:inbook}{cite:incollection} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{commentary}{book} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvcommentary}{book} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvcommentary}{cite:mvbook} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:online}{cite:article} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{online}{article} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:manual}{cite:book} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{manual}{book} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:unpublished}{cite:misc} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{unpublished}{misc} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{proceedings}{collection} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvproceedings}{mvcollection} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{inproceedings}{incollection} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:proceedings}{cite:collection} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:mvproceedings}{cite:mvcollection} +\DeclareBibliographyAlias{cite:inproceedings}{cite:incollection} + +\DeclareLabeldate{% + \field{releasedate} +} + +\renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addcomma\space} +\newcommand*{\volpostnotedelim}{\addcolon} + +\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} + +\renewbibmacro*{name:family-given}[4]{% + \ifuseprefix + {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}% + \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{% + \ifcapital + {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot} + {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}% + \ifprefchar{}{\bibnamedelimc}}% + \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot + \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}% + \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}} + {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}% + \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}% + \mkbibnamefamily{#1}\isdot + \ifboolexpe{% + test {\ifdefvoid{#2}} + and + test {\ifdefvoid{#3}}} + {} + {\revsdnamepunct}% + \ifdefvoid{#2}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamegiven{#2}\isdot}% + \ifdefvoid{#3}{}{\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}% + \ifdefvoid{#4}{}{\revsdnamepunct\bibnamedelimd\mkbibnamesuffix{#4}\isdot}}} + + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% BIBLIOGRAPHY +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\renewrobustcmd*{\printbibliography}{% + \begingroup + \blx@key@bibcheck{bibliography} + \edef\on@line{\on@line}% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\blx@printbibliography} + {\blx@printbibliography[]}} +\defbibcheck{bibliography}{% + \blx@skipentries + \blx@includeentries +} +\def\blx@skipentries{} +\def\blx@includeentries{} +\def\addskipentry#1{% + \edef\X{% + \noexpand\iffieldequalstr{entrykey}{#1} + {\noexpand\toggletrue{blx@skipentry}} + {}}% + \expandafter\g@addto@macro\expandafter\blx@skipentries\expandafter{\X}} +\def\addincludeentry#1{% + \edef\X{% + \noexpand\iffieldequalstr{entrykey}{#1} + {\noexpand\togglefalse{blx@skipentry}} + {}}% + \expandafter\g@addto@macro\expandafter\blx@includeentries\expandafter{\X}} + + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\newtoggle{blx@abbrevcite} + +\newlength{\abbrevwidth} + +\def\setmaxlength#1#2{% + \ifdim\dimexpr#2>\dimexpr#1 + \global\setlength{#1}{#2}% + \fi +} + +\defbibenvironment{abbreviations} + {\list + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shortjournal}% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shortseries}} + {\iffieldsequal{shorthand}{shorttitle} + {\printtext{\mkbibemph{\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}}} + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}}} + {\setmaxlength{\abbrevwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% + \setmaxlength{\abbrevwidth}{\shortserieswidth}% + \setmaxlength{\abbrevwidth}{\shortjournalwidth}% + \addtolength{\abbrevwidth}{\biblabelsep}% + \setlength{\labelwidth}{\abbrevwidth}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}% + \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} + {\endlist} + {\item} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{abbreviations}{% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \citereset + \def\abx@str{abx@lstr}% + \renewcommand*{\finentrypunct}{}% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal} + {} + {\bibhypertarget{\strfield{shortjournal}}{}% + \printfield{journaltitle}}% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\iffieldundef{shortseries} + {} + {\bibhypertarget{\strfield{shortseries}}{}% + \printfield{series}} + } + {\bibhypertarget{\strfield{shorthand}}{}% + \iffieldsequal{shorthand}{shorttitle} + {\toggletrue{blx@abbrevcite}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{bibentrycite}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBiblistFilter{abbreviations}{ + \filteror{ + \filter[type=field,filter=shorthand] + \filter[type=field,filter=shortjournal] + \filter[type=field,filter=shortseries] + } +} + +\defbibcheck{abbreviations}{% + \blx@setoptions@entry + \iftoggle{blx@skipbiblist}{\skipentry}{}% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\iffieldundef{shortseries} + {} + {\iftoggle{blx@skipbiblistseries}{\skipentry}{}}} + {\iftoggle{blx@skipbiblistshorthand}{\skipentry}{}}% + \iftoggle{blx@skipentry} + {} + {\iffieldundef{shortjournal} + {} + {\ifcsdef{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shortjournal}=\strfield{journaltitle}} + {\skipentry} + {\savefieldcs{journaltitle}{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shortjournal}=\strfield{journaltitle}}}}% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\iffieldundef{shortseries} + {} + {\ifcsdef{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shortseries}=\strfield{series}} + {\skipentry} + {\savefieldcs{series}{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shortseries}=\strfield{series}}}}} + {\ifcsdef{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shorthand}=\strfield{title}} + {\skipentry} + {\savefieldcs{shorthand}{sbl\therefsection\strfield{shorthand}=\strfield{title}}}}}} + +\DeclareSortingScheme{abbreviations}{% + \sort{% + \field{shorthand}% + \field{shortjournal}% + \field{shortseries}% + }% +} + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% SOURCE MAPS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% - cut titles at colons to create short titles +% - copy titles to shorttitles if they are empty +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\DeclareSourcemap{ + \maps{ + \map{ + \step[fieldsource=title, match=\regexp{(.*?):}, final] + \step[fieldset=shorttitle, fieldvalue={$1}] + } + \map{ + \step[fieldsource=revdtitle, match=\regexp{(.*?):}, final] + \step[fieldset=revdshorttitle, fieldvalue={$1}] + } + \map{ + \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match=\regexp{ANRW}, final] + \step[fieldset=options, fieldvalue={skipbib=false}] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \pertype{ancienttext} + \pertype{classictext} + \step[fieldsource=related, final] + \step[fieldset=relatedtype, fieldvalue=ancienttext] + \step[fieldsource=relatedoptions, match=\regexp{(.*)}] + \step[fieldset=relatedoptions, fieldvalue={skipbib=false,skipbiblist=false,}] + \step[fieldset=relatedoptions, fieldvalue={$1}, append] + } + \map[overwrite]{ + \step[fieldsource=shortseries, final] + \step[fieldsource=shorthand, final] + \step[fieldsource=entrykey, match=\regexp{(.*)}] + \step[fieldset=xref, fieldvalue=series-$1] + \step[entrynew=series-$1, entrynewtype=misc] + \step[fieldsource=shortseries] + \step[fieldset=shortseries, origfieldval, entrytarget=series-$1] + \step[fieldsource=series] + \step[fieldset=series, origfieldval, entrytarget=series-$1] + \step[fieldset=options, fieldvalue={skipbib}, entrytarget=series-$1] + } + } +} + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% DATA INHERITANCE +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection,mvreference,mvlexicon,mvcommentary} + {book,inbook,collection,incollection,reference,inreference,bookinbook, + lexicon,commentary,inlexicon,incommentary,classictext}{% + \inherit{title}{maintitle} + \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon} + \inherit{shorttitle}{shortmaintitle} + \inherit{editor}{maineditor} + \inherit{translator}{maintranslator} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{indextitle} + \noinherit{indexsorttitle} + \noinherit{endyear} +} + +\DeclareDataInheritance{book,collection,reference,lexicon,commentary} + {inbook,incollection,inreference, inlexicon,incommentary, + bookinbook,classictext}{% + \inherit{title}{booktitle} + \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle} + \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon} + \inherit{shorttitle}{shortbooktitle} + \inherit{author}{bookauthor} + \inherit{editor}{bookeditor} + \inherit{translator}{booktranslator} + \noinherit{sorttitle} + \noinherit{indextitle} + \noinherit{indexsorttitle} + \noinherit{endyear} +} + + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% LANGUAGE +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% - use literals for origlanguage if no translation found +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\renewcommand*{\lbx@lfromlang}{% + \iffieldundef{origlanguage} + {\unspace} + {\ifbibxstring{from\abx@field@origlanguage} + {\biblstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}} + {from \printfield{origlanguage}}}} + +\renewcommand*{\lbx@sfromlang}{% + \iffieldundef{origlanguage} + {\unspace} + {\ifbibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}} + {\bibsstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}} + {from \printfield{origlanguage}}}} + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% SET UP DELIMITER MACROS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\ExplSyntaxOn +\cs_new_protected:Nn \sbl_ifinstringt:nnn { + \tl_if_in:nnT {#2}{#1}{#3}} +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \sbl_ifinstringt:nnn { non } +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfInStringT \sbl_ifinstringt:non +\ExplSyntaxOff + +\newbibmacro*{setpostnotedelim}{% + \iffieldundef{postnote} + {} + {\IfInStringT{.}{\abx@field@postnote} + {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}% + \IfInStringT{:}{\abx@field@postnote} + {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}% + \IfInStringT{§}{\abx@field@postnote} + {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}% + \IfInStringT{\textsection}{\abx@field@postnote} + {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{setaltpostnotedelim}{% + \iffieldundef{altpostnote} + {} + {\IfInStringT{.}{\abx@field@altpostnote} + {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}% + \IfInStringT{:}{\abx@field@altpostnote} + {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}% + \IfInStringT{§}{\abx@field@altpostnote} + {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}% + \IfInStringT{\textsection}{\abx@field@altpostnote} + {\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{\addspace}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{setpagesdelim}{% + \iffieldundef{pages} + {} + {\IfInStringT{.}{\abx@field@pages} + {\setunit{\addspace}}% + \IfInStringT{:}{\abx@field@pages} + {\setunit{\addspace}}% + \IfInStringT{§}{\abx@field@pages} + {\setunit{\addspace}}% + \IfInStringT{\textsection}{\abx@field@pages} + {\setunit{\addspace}}}} + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% JOINING WORD MACROS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\newbibmacro*{in}{% + \printtext{\bibstring{in}}% + \setunit{\addspace}} + +\newbibmacro*{to}{% + \printtext{\bibstring{to}}% + \setunit{\addspace}} + +\newbibmacro*{of}{% + \printtext{\bibstring{of}}% + \setunit{\addspace}} + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% TITLE MACROS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\newbibmacro*{shorttitle}{% + \iftoggle{blx@useshorttitle} + {\iffieldundef{shorttitle} + {\iffieldundef{title} + {} + {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \printtext[title]{\printfield[titlecase]{title}}}}} + {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \printtext[title]{\printfield[titlecase]{shorttitle}}}}% + \newunit} + {}} + +\newbibmacro*{shorttitlenohyperlink}{% + \iftoggle{blx@useshorttitle} + {\iffieldundef{shorttitle} + {\iffieldundef{title} + {} + {\printtext[title]{\printfield[titlecase]{title}}}} + {\printtext[title]{\printfield[titlecase]{shorttitle}}}% + \newunit} + {}} + +\newbibmacro*{shortbooktitle}{% + \iffieldundef{shortbooktitle} + {\iffieldundef{booktitle} + {} + {\printtext[booktitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{booktitle}}}} + {\printtext[booktitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{shortbooktitle}}}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{shortmaintitle}{% + \iffieldundef{shortmaintitle} + {\iffieldundef{maintitle} + {} + {\printtext[maintitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{maintitle}}}} + {\printtext[maintitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{shortmaintitle}}}% + \newunit} + +\renewbibmacro*{title}{% + \ifciteseen + {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifnameundef{author}} + and + not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} + } + {} + {\usebibmacro{shorttitle}}} + {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{title}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{subtitle}} + } + {} + {\printtext[title]{% + \printfield[titlecase]{title}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[titlecase]{subtitle}}% + \newunit}% + \printfield{titleaddon}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{booktitle}{% + \ifciteseen + {\usebibmacro{shortbooktitle}} + {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{booktitle}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{booksubtitle}} + } + {} + {\printtext[booktitle]{% + \printfield[titlecase]{booktitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[titlecase]{booksubtitle}}% + \newunit}% + \printfield{booktitleaddon}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{maintitle}{% + \ifciteseen + {\usebibmacro{shortmaintitle}} + {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{maintitle}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{mainsubtitle}} + } + {} + {\printtext[maintitle]{% + \printfield[titlecase]{maintitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[titlecase]{mainsubtitle}}% + \newunit}% + \printfield{maintitleaddon}}} + +\newbibmacro*{booktitle+maintitle}{% + \iffieldundef{booktitle} + {\iffieldundef{maintitle} + {} + {\usebibmacro{maintitle}% + \clearfield{maintitle}% + \clearfield{mainsubtitle}% + \clearfield{maintitleaddon} + \newunit}} + {\usebibmacro{booktitle}% + \clearfield{booktitle}% + \clearfield{booksubtitle}% + \clearfield{bootitleaddon}% + \newunit}} + +\newbibmacro*{shortbooktitle+shortmaintitle}{% + \iffieldundef{booktitle} + {\iffieldundef{maintitle} + {} + {\usebibmacro{shortmaintitle} + \newunit}} + {\usebibmacro{shortbooktitle}% + \newunit}} + +\newbibmacro*{revdshorttitle}{% + \iffieldundef{revdshorttitle} + {\iffieldundef{revdtitle} + {} + {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \printtext[revdtitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{revdtitle}}}}} + {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \printtext[revdtitle]{\printfield[titlecase]{revdshorttitle}}}}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{revdtitle}{% + \ifciteseen + {\usebibmacro{revdshorttitle}} + {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{revdtitle}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{revdsubtitle}} + } + {} + {\printtext[revdtitle]{% + \printfield[titlecase]{revdtitle}% + \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% + \printfield[titlecase]{revdsubtitle}}% + \newunit}% + \printfield{revdtitleaddon}}} + +\newbibmacro*{xrefshortbooktitle+xrefshortmaintitle}{% + \iffieldundef{xref} + {\usebibmacro{shortbooktitle+shortmaintitle}} + {\entrydata{\thefield{xref}}{% + \iffieldundef{shorttitle} + {\usebibmacro{shorttitle}} + {\printtext[shorttitle]{% + \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shorthand}}{\thefield{shorttitle}}}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{xrefshortmaintitle}{% + \iffieldundef{xref} + {\usebibmacro{shortmaintitle}} + {\entrydata{\thefield{xref}}{% + \iffieldundef{shorttitle} + {\usebibmacro{shorttitle}} + {\printtext[shorttitle]{% + \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shorthand}}{\thefield{shorttitle}}}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{shortjournal}{% + \iffieldundef{shortjournal} + {\printfield{journaltitle}} + {\printtext[shortjournal]{% + \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shortjournal}}{\thefield{shortjournal}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{shortjournal+issuetitle}{% + \usebibmacro{shortjournal}% + \iffieldundef{series} + {} + {\newunit + \printfield{series}}% + \usebibmacro{volume+number+eid}% + \usebibmacro{issue+date}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test { + \ifboolexpr{ + not test {\iffieldundef{journaltitle}} + and + not test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{volume}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{date}} + } + {\usebibmacro{setpagesdelim}} + {}} + +\renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{year}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{issue}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{date}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{month}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{day}} + } + {} + {\iffieldundef{volume} + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \iffieldundef{issue} + {\usebibmacro{date}} + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}} + \setunit{\addcomma\space}} + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \iffieldundef{issue} + {\usebibmacro{date}} + {\printfield{issue}% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{date}}}% + \setunit{\addcolon\space}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{% + \setunit*{\addspace}% + \printfield{volume}% + \setunit*{\addperiod}% + \printfield{number}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \printfield{eid}} + +\newbibmacro*{volume+part}{% + \iffieldundef{volume} + {} + {\iffieldundef{part} + {\usebibmacro{volumeof}} + {\printfield[vol]{volume}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\printfield[pt]{part}% + \newunit} + {\printfield[partof]{part} + \setunit{\addspace}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{involume+part}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{booktitle}} + and + not test {\iffieldundef{volume}} + and + test {\iffieldundef{pages}} + } + {\bibstring{in}% + \setunit{\space}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{volume+part}} + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% NAME MACROS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\newbibmacro*{withname}[1]{% + \ifnameundef{with#1} + {} + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \iffieldundef{with#1type} + {\bibstring{with}} + {\ifbibxstring{with\thefield{with#1type}} + {\bibstring{with\thefield{with#1type}}} + {\ifbibxstring{\thefield{with#1type}} + {\bibstring{\thefield{with#1type}}} + {\printtext[with#1type]{\thefield{with#1type}}}}}% + \setunit{\space}% + \printnames{with#1}% + \clearname{with#1}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{bytypestrg}[2]{% + \iffieldundef{#1type} + {\bibstring{by#2}} + {\ifbibxstring{by\thefield{#1type}} + {\bibstring{by\thefield{#1type}}} + {\ifbibxstring{\thefield{#1type}} + {\bibstring{\thefield{#1type}}} + {\printtext[editortype]{\thefield{#1type}}}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{editorstrg}{% + \printtext[editortype]{% + \iffieldundef{editortype} + {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{editor}}{1}} + or + test {\ifandothers{editor}} + } + {\bibsstring{editors}} + {\bibsstring{editor}}} + {\ifbibxstring{\thefield{editortype}} + {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{editor}}{1}} + or + test {\ifandothers{editor}} + } + {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}s}} + {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}}}} + {\thefield{editortype}}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{editor+othersstrg}{% + \iffieldundef{editortype} + {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{editor}}{1}} + or + test {\ifandothers{editor}} + } + {\def\abx@tempa{editors}} + {\def\abx@tempa{editor}}} + {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{editor}}{1}} + or + test {\ifandothers{editor}} + } + {\edef\abx@tempa{\thefield{editortype}s}} + {\edef\abx@tempa{\thefield{editortype}}}}% + \let\abx@tempb=\empty + \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator} + {\appto\abx@tempa{tr}% + \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{translator}}} + {}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator} + {\appto\abx@tempa{co}% + \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{commentator}}} + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator} + {\appto\abx@tempa{an}% + \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{annotator}}} + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction} + {\appto\abx@tempa{in}% + \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{introduction}}} + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword} + {\appto\abx@tempa{fo}% + \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{foreword}}} + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword} + {\appto\abx@tempa{af}% + \appto\abx@tempb{\clearname{afterword}}} + {}}}% + \ifbibxstring{\abx@tempa} + {\printtext[editortype]{\bibsstring{\abx@tempa}}\abx@tempb} + {\usebibmacro{editorstrg}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{translatorstrg}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{translator}}{1}} + or + test {\ifandothers{translator}} + } + {\bibsstring{translators}} + {\bibsstring{translator}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{translator+othersstrg}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{translator}}{1}} + or + test {\ifandothers{translator}} + } + {\def\abx@tempa{translators}} + {\def\abx@tempa{translator}}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator} + {\appto\abx@tempa{co}% + \clearname{commentator}} + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator} + {\appto\abx@tempa{an}% + \clearname{annotator}} + {}}% + \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction} + {\appto\abx@tempa{in}% + \clearname{introduction}} + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword} + {\appto\abx@tempa{fo}% + \clearname{foreword}} + {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword} + {\appto\abx@tempa{af}% + \clearname{afterword}} + {}}}% + \bibsstring{\abx@tempa}} + +\renewbibmacro*{author}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseauthor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{author}} + } + {\ifciteseen{% + \usebibmacro{ifidemused} + {} + {\printnames[labelname]{author}}% + }{% + \iffieldundef{authortype} + {\renewcommand*{\namedashpunct}{\adddot\space}} + {\renewcommand*{\namedashpunct}{\addcomma\space}}% + \usebibmacro{dashcheck} + {\bibnamedash} + {\usebibmacro{ifidemused} + {} + {\printnames{author}% + \usebibmacro{savehash}}}% + \iffieldundef{authortype} + {} + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{authorstrg}}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{author}}} + {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash}} + +\renewbibmacro*{bybookauthor}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifnameundef{bookauthor}} + or + test {\ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}} + } + {} + {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{author}{author}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byauthor]{bookauthor}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{author}}% +} + +\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseeditor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} + } + {\ifciteseen{% + \usebibmacro{ifidemused} + {} + {\printnames[labelname]{editor}}% + }{% + \renewcommand*{\namedashpunct}{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{dashcheck} + {\bibnamedash} + {\usebibmacro{ifidemused} + {} + {\printnames{editor}% + \usebibmacro{savehash}}}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{editor+othersstrg}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{editor}% + }% + \clearname{editor}} + {}} + +\renewbibmacro*{translator+others}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifusetranslator + and + not test {\ifnameundef{translator}} + } + {\ifciteseen{% + \usebibmacro{ifidemused} + {} + {\printnames[labelname]{translator}}% + }{% + \renewcommand{\namedashpunct}{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{dashcheck} + {\bibnamedash} + {\usebibmacro{ifidemused} + {} + {\printnames{translator}% + \usebibmacro{savehash}}}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{translator+othersstrg}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{translator}% + }% + \clearname{translator}} + {}} + +\renewbibmacro*{byeditor}{% + \ifnameundef{editor} + {} + {\usebibmacro{bytypestrg}{editor}{editor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{editor}% + \newunit}% + \usebibmacro{byeditorx}} + +\renewbibmacro*{byeditor+others}{% + \ifnameundef{editor} + {} + {\usebibmacro{byeditor+othersstrg}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \clearname{editor}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{editor}% + \newunit}% + \usebibmacro{byeditorx}% + \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}} + +\renewbibmacro*{bytranslator}{% + \ifnameundef{translator} + {} + {\bibstring{bytranslator}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{translator}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{bytranslator+others}{% + \ifnameundef{translator} + {} + {\usebibmacro{bytranslator+othersstrg}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}% + \clearname{translator}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{translator}% + \newunit}% + \usebibmacro{withothers}} + +\newbibmacro*{bybookeditor+others}{% + \ifnameundef{editor} + {} + {\usebibmacro{byeditor+othersstrg}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \clearname{editor}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{editor}% + \newunit}% + \ifnameundef{bookeditor} + {} + {\usebibmacro{byeditor+othersstrg}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{bookeditor}% + \clearname{bookeditor}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{bookeditor}% + \newunit}% + \usebibmacro{byeditorx}% + \usebibmacro{bybooktranslator+others}} + +\newbibmacro*{bymaineditor+others}{% + \ifnameundef{editor} + {} + {\usebibmacro{byeditor+othersstrg}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{editor}% + \clearname{editor}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{editor}% + \newunit}% + \ifnameundef{maineditor} + {} + {\usebibmacro{byeditor+othersstrg}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[byeditor]{maineditor}% + \clearname{maineditor}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{maineditor}% + \newunit}% + \usebibmacro{byeditorx}% + \usebibmacro{bymaintranslator+others}} + +\newbibmacro*{bybooktranslator+others}{% + \ifnameundef{translator} + {} + {\usebibmacro{bytranslator+othersstrg}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}% + \clearname{translator}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{translator}% + \newunit}% + \ifnameundef{booktranslator} + {} + {\usebibmacro{bytranslator+othersstrg}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[bytranslator]{booktranslator}% + \clearname{booktranslator}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{booktranslator}% + \newunit}% + \usebibmacro{withothers}} + +\newbibmacro*{bymaintranslator+others}{% + \ifnameundef{translator} + {} + {\usebibmacro{bytranslator+othersstrg}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}% + \clearname{translator}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{translator}% + \newunit}% + \ifnameundef{maintranslator} + {} + {\usebibmacro{bytranslator+othersstrg}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printnames[bytranslator]{maintranslator}% + \clearname{maintranslator}% + \usebibmacro{withname}{maintranslator}% + \newunit}% + \usebibmacro{withothers}} + +\newbibmacro*{revdauthor}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseauthor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{revdauthor}} + } + {\bibstring{byauthor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \ifciteseen{% + \printnames[labelname]{revdauthor}% + }{% + \printnames{revdauthor}% + \iffieldundef{authortype} + {} + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{authorstrg}}}} + {}} + +\newbibmacro*{revdeditor}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseeditor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{revdeditor}} + } + {\bibsstring{byeditor}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \ifciteseen{% + \printnames[labelname]{revdeditor}% + }{% + \printnames{revdeditor}% + }% + \clearname{revdeditor}} + {}} + +\newbibmacro*{revdauthor/revdeditor}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test \ifuseauthor + and + not test {\ifnameundef{revdauthor}} + } + {\usebibmacro{revdauthor}} + {\usebibmacro{revdeditor}}} + + +\newbibmacro*{revdauthor/revdeditor+revdtitle}{% + \biblstring{reviewof}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{revdauthor/revdeditor}% + \ifciteseen + {} + {\setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{revdtitle}}} + +\newbibmacro*{shortseries}{% + \iffieldundef{shortseries} + {\printfield{series}} + {\printtext[shortseries]{% + \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shortseries}}{\thefield{shortseries}}}}% +} + +\newbibmacro*{shortseries+number}{% + \usebibmacro{shortseries}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \iffieldundef{seriesseries} + {} + {\printfield{seriesseries}% + \printtext{/}}% + \printfield{number}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{eventtitle}{% + \iffieldundef{eventtitle} + {} + {\ifbibliography + {} + {\midsentence}% + \bibstring{paperpresented}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{eventtitle}}} + +\newbibmacro*{venue+eventdate}{% + \iffieldundef{venue} + {\printlist{location}} + {\printfield{venue}}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \iffieldundef{eventyear} + {\printdate} + {\printeventdate}} + +\newbibmacro*{parens+publisher+location+date}{% + \setunit{\space}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reprint} + {\renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addsemicolon\space}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \global\toggletrue{relatedseen}} + {}}} + +\newcounter{currentpublisher} +\newcounter{currentlocation} +\newcounter{publishertotal} +\newcounter{locationtotal} + +\DeclareListFormat{publisher}{% + \setcounter{publishertotal}{\value{listtotal}}% + \usebibmacro{list:delim}{#1}% + #1\isdot + \ifnumequal{\value{currentpublisher}}{\value{listtotal}} + {\setcounter{currentpublisher}{0}} + {\addtocounter{currentpublisher}{1}}} + +\DeclareListFormat{location}{% + \setcounter{locationtotal}{\value{listtotal}}% + \usebibmacro{list:delim}{#1}% + #1\isdot + \ifnumequal{\value{currentlocation}}{\value{listtotal}} + {\setcounter{currentlocation}{0}} + {\addtocounter{currentlocation}{1}}} + +\newbibmacro*{loop:location+publisher}{% + \ifnumequal{\value{currentlocation}}{0} + {} + {\printlist[][\value{currentlocation}-\value{currentlocation}]{location}% + \setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% + \ifnumequal{\value{currentpublisher}}{0} + {} + {\printlist[][\value{currentpublisher}-\value{currentpublisher}]{publisher}}% + \setunit*{\addsemicolon\space}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{locationtotal}}{1}} + and + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{currentlocation}}{\value{publishertotal}}} + } + {\setcounter{currentlocation}{0}} + {}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{currentpublisher}}{0}} + or + test {\ifnumgreater{\value{currentlocation}}{0}} + } + {\usebibmacro{loop:location+publisher}} + {}} + +\newbibmacro*{init:location+publisher}{% + \iflistundef{location} + {\setcounter{currentlocation}{0}} + {\setcounter{currentlocation}{1}}% + \iflistundef{publisher} + {\setcounter{currentpublisher}{0}} + {\setcounter{currentpublisher}{1}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{% + \usebibmacro{reprint}% + \usebibmacro{init:location+publisher}% + \usebibmacro{loop:location+publisher}% + \setunit{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{date}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{origpublisher+location+date}{% + \printlist{origlocation}% + \iflistundef{origpublisher} + {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}} + {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% + \printlist{origpublisher}% + \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% + \usebibmacro{origdate}% + \newunit} + +\newbibmacro*{volume}{% + \iffieldundef{volume} + {} + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \global\booltrue{usevolpostnotedelim}% + \printfield{volume}% + \newunit}} + +\newbibmacro*{volumeof}{% + \iffieldundef{volume} + {} + {\iffieldundef{part} + {\iffieldundef{maintitle} + {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\iftoggle{blx@usevolume}} + or + test {\ifbibliography} + } + {\printfield[vol]{volume}% + \newunit} + {}} + {\printfield[volumeof]{volume}% + \setunit{\addspace}}} + {}}}% + +\newbibmacro*{volume+pages}{% + \iffieldundef{volume} + {} + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{volume}% + \setunit{\volpostnotedelim}} + \usebibmacro{pages}} + +\newbibmacro*{volume+part+pages}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldundef{volume}} + or + test {\iffieldundef{part}} + } + {} + {\printfield{volume}% + \setunit{\addperiod}% + \printfield{part}% + \setunit{\volpostnotedelim}} + \usebibmacro{pages}} + +\newbibmacro*{volume+part+nomaintitle}{% + \iffieldundef{volume} + {} + {\iftoggle{blx@usevolume} + {} + {\printfield{volume}% + \setunit{\addperiod}% + \printfield{part}% + \global\booltrue{usevolpostnotedelim}}}} + +\renewbibmacro*{url+urldate}{% + \iffieldundef{urlyear} + {} + {\printurldate}% + \newunit + \printfield{url}} + +\newbibmacro*{ebookedition}{% + \iffieldundef{ebookedition} + {} + {\printfield{ebookedition}}} + +\newbibmacro*{reprint}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + not test {\iffieldundef{origpublisher}} + or + not test {\iffieldundef{origlocation}} + or + not test {\iffieldundef{origyear}} + } + {\usebibmacro{origpublisher+location+date}% + \ifbibliography + {\setunit{\addperiod\space}} + {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}}% + \bibstring{reprint}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}} + {}} + +\renewbibmacro*{date}{% + \printdate + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \printfield{pubstate}} + +\newbibmacro*{origdate}{\printorigdate} + +\newbibmacro*{releasedate}{\printreleasedate} + + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% RELATED MACROS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\csundef{abx@ffd@*@related:multivolume} +\csundef{abx@ffd@*@related:origpubin} +\csundef{abx@ffd@*@related:origpubas} +\csundef{abx@ffd@*@relatedstring:reprintfrom} +\csundef{abx@macro@related:multivolume} +\csundef{abx@macro@related:bytranslator} +\csundef{abx@macro@related:origpubas} +\csundef{abx@macro@related:origpubin} +\csundef{abx@macro@related:reprintfrom} + +\renewbibmacro*{begrelated}{% + \global\booltrue{bbx@inset}} + +\renewbibmacro*{endrelated}{% + \global\boolfalse{bbx@inset}% + \usebibmacro*{savehash}} + +\renewbibmacro*{related:default}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usedriver + {\ifnameundef{savedauthor} + {\ifnameundef{savededitor} + {} + {\ifnamesequal{editor}{savededitor} + {\clearname{editor}} + {}}} + {\ifnamesequal{author}{savedauthor} + {\clearname{author}} + {}}% + \renewbibmacro*{related:init}{% + \ifnameundef{savedauthor} + {} + {\restorename{author}{\abx@name@savedauthor}}% + \ifnameundef{savededitor} + {} + {\restorename{editor}{\abx@namesavededitor}}}% + \DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}}% + {\ifbibliography + {\thefield{entrytype}} + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}% + \setunit{\relateddelim}% + \usebibmacro{related}}} + +\newbibmacro*{related:reprint}[1]{% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usedriver + {\renewbibmacro*{related:init}{}% + \ifbibliography + {\renewbibmacro*{parens+publisher+location+date}{% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}}} + {}} + {\ifbibliography + {\thefield{entrytype}} + {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{related:ancienttext}[1]{% + \global\togglefalse{blx@testpostnotedelim}% + \togglefalse{blx@citeindex}% + \ifciteseen{\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}{}% + \entrydata*{#1}{% + \usebibmacro{ifuseshorthand} + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% + \usebibmacro{volume}% + \setunit{\addperiod}% + \printfield{part}% + \global\toggletrue{blx@testpostnotedelim}} + {\usedriver{}{cite:\thefield{entrytype}}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifciteseen} + and + not togl {blx@useshorttitle} + } + {\global\toggletrue{blx@testpostnotedelim}} + {}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{ifuseshorthand}{% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\@secondoftwo} + {\ifcsstring{blx@shorthand}{false} + {\@secondoftwo} + {\ifciteseen + {\@firstoftwo} + {\ifcsstring{blx@shorthand}{short} + {\@secondoftwo} + {\@firstoftwo}}}}} + + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% ANCIENT AND CLASSIC TEXT MACROS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\newtoggle{blx@testpostnotedelim} + +\newbibmacro*{volume+part+postnote}{% + \usebibmacro{volume}% + \iffieldundef{part} + {} + {\setunit{\addperiod}% + \printfield{part}}% + \iftoggle{blx@testpostnotedelim}{\usebibmacro{setpostnotedelim}}{}% + \ifbool{usevolpostnotedelim} + {\setunit{\volpostnotedelim}} + {\setunit{\postnotedelim}}% + \usebibmacro{postnote}% + \global\booltrue{suppresspostnote}} + +\newbibmacro*{classic:translator+series}{% + \ifboolexpr{ + not test {\ifnameundef{translator}} + or + not test {\iffieldundef{series}} + } + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \printnames[labelname]{translator}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}}} + {}} + + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% ALTERNATE POSTNOTE MACROS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\ExplSyntaxOn +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__xparse_split_argument:nnn { nno } +\cs_new_eq:NN \eSplitArgument \__xparse_split_argument:nno +\DeclareDocumentCommand \splitpostnote +{ > { \eSplitArgument { 1 } { | } } m } +{ \savepostnotes #1 } +\DeclareDocumentCommand{\savepostnotes}{mm}{% + \IfNoValueTF{#2} + {\gdef\postnotelast{#1}} + {\tl_if_empty:nF {#1} + {\gdef\postnotefirst{#1}}% + \tl_if_empty:nF {#2} + {\gdef\postnotelast{#2}}}} +\ExplSyntaxOff + +\def\setuppostnotes{% + \global\undef\postnotefirst + \global\undef\postnotelast + \splitpostnote{\abx@field@postnote}} + +\renewbibmacro*{prenote}{% + \iffieldundef{postnote} + {} + {\setuppostnotes + \restorefield{postnote}{\postnotelast}% + \restorefield{altpostnote}{\postnotefirst}}% + \iffieldundef{prenote} + {} + {\printfield{prenote}% + \setunit{\prenotedelim}}} + +\DeclareFieldFormat{altpostnote}{\mkcomprange{#1}} + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% BIBLIOGRAPHY REPEATED AUTHOR MACROS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\newbool{bbx@inset} + +\renewcommand*{\bibnamedash}{% + \leavevmode\raise 0.6ex\hbox to 3em{\hrulefill}\namedashpunct} + +\newbibmacro*{bbx:dashcheck}[2]{% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}} + and + not test \iffirstonpage + and + ( + not bool {bbx@inset} + or + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysetcount}{1}} + ) + } + {#1} + {#2}} + +\newbibmacro*{cbx:dashcheck}[2]{#2} + +\newbibmacro*{dashcheck}[2]{% + \usebibmacro{cbx:dashcheck}{#1}{#2}} + +\newbibmacro*{savehash}{} + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% ENTRY SET MACROS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\def\cbx@entryset#1{% + \blx@ifdata{#1} + {\begingroup + \blx@imc@clearlist{pageref}% + \blx@getdata{#1}% + \blx@setoptions@type\abx@field@entrytype + \def\abx@field@entrysetcount{1}% + \blx@entryset@precode + \blx@driver{cite:\blx@imc@thefield{entrytype}}% + \blx@entryset@postcode + \endgroup} + {}% + \let\do\cbx@entryset@i} + +\def\cbx@entryset@i#1{% + \blx@ifdata{#1} + {\begingroup + \blx@resetdata + \blx@getdata{#1}% + \blx@entrysetcount + \blx@setoptions@type\abx@field@entrytype + \blx@setoptions@entry + \addtocounter{instcount}\@ne + \blx@execute + \blx@beglangbib + \blx@begunit + \blx@entryset@precode + \blx@driver{cite:\blx@imc@thefield{entrytype}} + \blx@entryset@postcode + \blx@endunit + \blx@endlangbib + \endgroup} + {\blx@nounit}} + +\def\bbx@entryset#1{% + \blx@ifdata{#1} + {\begingroup + \blx@imc@clearlist{pageref}% + \blx@getdata{#1}% + \blx@setoptions@type\abx@field@entrytype + \def\abx@field@entrysetcount{1}% + \blx@entryset@precode + \blx@driver{\blx@imc@thefield{entrytype}}% + \blx@entryset@postcode + \endgroup} + {}% + \let\do\bbx@entryset@i} + +\def\bbx@entryset@i#1{% + \blx@ifdata{#1} + {\begingroup + \blx@resetdata + \blx@getdata{#1}% + \blx@entrysetcount + \blx@setoptions@type\abx@field@entrytype + \blx@setoptions@entry + \addtocounter{instcount}\@ne + \blx@execute + \blx@beglangbib + \blx@begunit + \blx@entryset@precode + \blx@driver{\blx@imc@thefield{entrytype}} + \blx@entryset@postcode + \blx@endunit + \blx@endlangbib + \endgroup} + {\blx@nounit}} + + +\def\blx@entryset#1{\cbx@entryset{#1}} +\def\blx@entryset@i#1{\cbx@entryset@i{#1}} + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% INDEXING MACROS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\renewbibmacro*{bibindex}{% + \ifbibindex + {\indexnames{labelname}} + {}} + +\renewbibmacro*{citeindex}{% + \ifciteindex + {\indexnames{labelname}} + {}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-american.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-american.lbx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ed119ba987f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-american.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +\ProvidesFile{sbl-american.lbx}[\sbl@abx@lbxid] + +\InheritBibliographyStrings{sbl-english} + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{american} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \DeclarePunctuationPairs{colon}{*}% + \uspunctuation + \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% + \iffieldundef{#3} + {} + {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% + \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% + \iffieldundef{#2} + {} + {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% + \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% + \iffieldbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{\thefield{#1}}}{\stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}}% +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-british.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-british.lbx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..73f8b0f6287 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-british.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +\ProvidesFile{sbl-british.lbx}[\sbl@abx@lbxid] + +\InheritBibliographyStrings{sbl-english} + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{british} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \DeclarePunctuationPairs{colon}{*}% +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-english.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-english.lbx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0b8d672543 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-english.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +\ProvidesFile{sbl-english.lbx}[\sbl@abx@lbxid] + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {english}, + to = {{to}{to}}, + of = {{of}{of}}, + with = {{with}{with}}, + byeditor = {{edited by}{ed\adddot}}, + bytranslator = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\isdot\space by}{trans\adddot}}, + withpreface = {{with preface by}{with preface by}}, + introduction = {{introduction}{introduction}}, + foreword = {{foreword}{foreword}}, + reprint = {{repr\adddot}{repr\adddot}}, + paperpresented = {{paper presented at}{paper presented at}}, + phdthesis = {{PhD diss\adddot}{PhD diss\adddot}}, + released = {{released}{released}}, + withassistance = {{with assistance from}{with assistance from}}, + byeditortr = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\isdot\space and edited by}% + {trans\adddotspace \lbx@sfromlang\isdot\space and ed\adddot}}, + byeditorco = {{commented and edited by}% + {comm\adddotspace and ed\adddot}}, + byeditoran = {{annotated and edited by}% + {annot\adddotspace and ed\adddot}} +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-german.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-german.lbx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6ef01191854 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-german.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +\ProvidesFile{sbl-german.lbx}[\sbl@abx@lbxid] + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {german}, + to = {{zu}{zu}}, + of = {{von}{von}}, + with = {{mit}{mit}}, + byeditor = {{herausgegeben von}{hg.\addotspace v\adddot}}, + bytranslator = {{übersetzt \lbx@lfromlang\ by}{übers\adddot}}, + withpreface = {{mit einem Geleitwort von}{mit einem Geleitwort von}}, + introduction = {{Einleitung}{Einleitung}}, + foreword = {{Vorwort}{Vorwort}}, + reprint = {{Ndr\adddot}{Ndr\adddot}}, + paperpresented = {{paper presented at}{paper presented at}}, + phdthesis = {{Diss\adddot}{Diss\adddot}}, + released = {{veröffentlicht}{veröffentlicht}}, + withassistance = {{mit Unterstützung von}{mit Unterstützung von}}, + byeditortr = {{übersetzt \lbx@lfromlang\isdot\space und herausgegeben von}% + {übers\adddotspace \lbx@sfromlang\isdot\space und hg\adddotspace v\adddot}}, + byeditorco = {{kommentiert und herausgegeben von}% + {komm\adddotspace und hg\adddotspace v\adddot}}, + byeditoran = {{kommentiert und herausgegeben von}% + {komm\adddotspace und hg\adddotspace v\adddot}} +} + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{german} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \DeclarePunctuationPairs{colon}{*}% +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..44a55ee7468 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-paper.sty @@ -0,0 +1,546 @@ +%Copyright 2015-2016 David Purton +% +%This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%version 2005/12/01 or later. +% +%This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. +% +%The Current Maintainer of this work is David Purton. +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesPackage{sbl-paper} + [2016/10/11 Society of Bibilical Literature Paper Style] + + +% Load required packages + +\RequirePackage{textcase} +\RequirePackage{fontspec} +\RequirePackage{ragged2e} +\RequirePackage{polyglossia} +\RequirePackage{csquotes} +\RequirePackage[headheight=14.5pt,margin=1in]{geometry} +\RequirePackage{setspace} +\RequirePackage{titlesec} +\RequirePackage{titletoc} +\RequirePackage{quoting} +\RequirePackage{fancyhdr} +\RequirePackage[bottom]{footmisc} +\RequirePackage{bibleref-parse} +\RequirePackage[style=sbl,indexing=cite,backend=biber]{biblatex} +\RequirePackage{imakeidx} +\RequirePackage{hyperref} + + +% work around bidi redefining theindex +\let\imakeidxtheindex\theindex +\let\imakeidxendtheindex\endtheindex +\AtBeginDocument{% + \let\theindex\imakeidxtheindex + \let\endtheindex\imakeidxendtheindex +} + +% patch index commands so contents is in all caps +\patchcmd{\imki@putindexsplit} +{\addcontentsline{toc}{\imki@toclevel}{\imki@title}} +{\addcontentsline{toc}{\imki@toclevel}{\MakeTextUppercase{\imki@title}}} +{}{} +\patchcmd{\imki@putindexunique} +{\addcontentsline{toc}{\imki@toclevel}{\imki@title}} +{\addcontentsline{toc}{\imki@toclevel}{\MakeTextUppercase{\imki@title}}} +{}{} +\ifimki@splitindex + \let\imki@putindex\imki@putindexunique +\else + \let\imki@putindex\imki@putindexsplit +\fi + + +% Set up Languages + +\setdefaultlanguage[variant=american]{english} +\setotherlanguage[variant=ancient]{greek} +\setotherlanguage{hebrew} + +\renewenvironment{hebrew}[1][]{% + \par + \raggedleft + \begin{otherlanguage}[#1]{hebrew}}% + {\end{otherlanguage}\par} + +\@Latintrue % work around for bidi bug; see http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/312874/polyglossia-or-bidi-bug-d-gets-inverted-to-d + + +% Set up fonts + +\newfontfamily\greekfont + [Script=Greek,Contextuals=Alternate,Ligatures=Required] + {SBL BibLit} +\newfontfamily\hebrewfont + [Script=Hebrew,Contextuals=Alternate,Ligatures=Required,Scale=1.2] + {SBL BibLit} + + +% Set up document spacing + +\doublespacing +\raggedright +\raggedbottom +\setlength{\parindent}{0.5in} +\frenchspacing + + +% Set up headers and footers + +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhf{} +\fancyhead[R]{\thepage} +\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} + +\renewcommand\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 2in \kern 2.6pt\vskip -8pt} +\renewcommand\footnotelayout{\raggedright} +\setlength{\footnotemargin}{0.5in} +\setlength{\footnotesep}{18pt} + + +% set up quotations + +\quotingsetup{leftmargin=0.5in,rightmargin=0in,vskip=0pt} +\renewcommand*{\quotingfont}{\singlespacing\vspace*{-5pt}} + + +% Set up Bibliography + +\renewcommand*{\bibsetup}{\vspace*{7pt}} + +\setlength{\bibitemsep}{14.5pt} + +\DefineBibliographyStrings{english}{% + shorthands = {List of Abbreviations} +} + +\ifcase\abx@classtype\relax % article + \defbibheading{bibliography}[\bibname]{% + \clearpage + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \firstsection*{#1}% + \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} + \defbibheading{biblist}[\biblistname]{% + \clearpage + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \firstsection*{#1}% + \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} + \defbibheading{bibintoc}[\bibname]{% + \clearpage + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \phantomsection + \firstsection*{#1}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}% + \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} + \defbibheading{biblistintoc}[\biblistname]{% + \clearpage + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \phantomsection + \section*{#1}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}% + \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} + +\or % book/report + \defbibheading{bibliography}[\bibname]{% + \clearpage + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \chapter*{#1}% + \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} + \defbibheading{biblist}[\biblistname]{% + \clearpage + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \firstsection*{#1}% + \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} + \defbibheading{bibintoc}[\bibname]{% + \clearpage + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \phantomsection + \chapter*{#1}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}% + \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} + \defbibheading{biblistintoc}[\biblistname]{% + \clearpage + \thispagestyle{plain}% + \phantomsection + \section*{#1}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}% + \markboth{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}} + +\fi + + +% Set up section headings and table of contents + +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} +\titleformat + {\chapter} + [block] + {\singlespacing\centering} + {\MakeTextUppercase{\chaptertitlename} \thechapter:} + {.5em} + {\MakeTextUppercase} +\titleformat + {\section} + [block] + {\singlespacing\centering} + {\thesection} + {.5em} + {\MakeTextUppercase} +\titleformat + {\subsection} + [block] + {\singlespacing\centering\bfseries} + {\thesubsection} + {.5em} + {} +\titleformat + {\subsubsection} + [block] + {\singlespacing\centering} + {\thesubsubsection} + {.5em} + {} +\titleformat + {\paragraph} + [hang] + {\singlespacing\raggedright\bfseries\itshape} + {\theparagraph} + {.5em} + {} +\titleformat + {\subparagraph} + [hang] + {\singlespacing\raggedright} + {\thesubparagraph} + {.5em} + {} +\titlespacing*{\chapter}{0pt}{38pt}{29pt} +\titlespacing*{\section}{0pt}{38pt}{29pt} +\titlespacing*{\subsection}{0pt}{38pt}{0pt} +\titlespacing*{\subsubsection}{0pt}{38pt}{0pt} +\titlespacing*{\paragraph}{0pt}{38pt}{0pt} +\titlespacing*{\subparagraph}{0pt}{38pt}{0pt} +\assignpagestyle{\chapter}{plain} +\def\firstsection{% + \clearpage + \null + \thispagestyle{plain} + \section} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} +\renewcommand\tableofcontents{% + \if@twocolumn + \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn + \else + \@restonecolfalse + \fi + \section*{\contentsname + \@mkboth{% + \MakeTextUppercase\contentsname}{\MakeTextUppercase\contentsname}}% + \@starttoc{toc}% + \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi + \thispagestyle{plain} + } +\titlecontents{chapter} + [0pt] + {\singlespacing} + {\MakeTextUppercase{\chaptertitlename~\thecontentslabel}: } + {} + {\hspace{.5em}\titlerule*[.5pc]{.}\contentspage} +\titlecontents{section} + [0pt] + {\singlespacing} + {\MakeTextUppercase{\chaptertitlename~\thecontentslabel}: } + {} + {\hspace{.5em}\titlerule*[.5pc]{.}\contentspage} +\titlecontents{subsection} + [1em] + {\singlespacing} + {\thecontentslabel~} + {} + {\hfill\contentspage} +\titlecontents{subsubsection} + [1em] + {\singlespacing} + {\thecontentslabel~} + {} + {\hfill\contentspage} + +\renewcommand\appendix{\par + \ifcase\abx@classtype\relax % article + \setcounter{section}{0}% + \setcounter{secnumdepth}{1} + \gdef\@chapapp{\appendixname}% + \titleformat + {\section} + [block] + {\singlespacing\centering} + {\MakeTextUppercase{\chaptertitlename} \thesection:} + {.5em} + {\MakeTextUppercase} + \titlecontents{section} + [0pt] + {\singlespacing} + {\MakeTextUppercase{\appendixname~\thecontentslabel}: } + {} + {\hspace{.5em}\titlerule*[.5pc]{.}\contentspage} + + \or % book/report + \setcounter{chapter}{0}% + \setcounter{section}{0}% + \gdef\@chapapp{\appendixname}% + \titlecontents{chapter} + [0pt] + {\singlespacing} + {\MakeTextUppercase{\appendixname~\thecontentslabel}: } + {} + {\hspace{.5em}\titlerule*[.5pc]{.}\contentspage} + + \fi} + + +% make sure chapter and section commands uppercase with hyperref + +\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{% + \let\MakeTextUppercase\relax} + +\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading + \fi} + +\def\ttl@addcontentsline#1#2{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname l@#1\endcsname\l@section + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi + {% + \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifttl@toclabel\ttl@a\fi\MakeTextUppercase{#2}}% + }{% + \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifttl@toclabel\ttl@a\fi#2}% + }\nobreak} + + +% Set up title page + +\renewcommand{\maketitle}{% + \hypersetup{pageanchor=false}% + \newgeometry{margin=2in}% + \thispagestyle{empty}% + \singlespacing + \begin{center} + \MakeTextUppercase{\@institution} + + \vfill + + \doublespacing + \MakeTextUppercase{\@title} + + \vfill + + \singlespacing + \MakeTextUppercase{Submitted to \@professor \protect\\ + in Partial Fulfilment of \protect\\\relax + \@course} + + \vfill + + \MakeTextUppercase{By \protect\\\relax + \@author \protect\\\relax + \@date} + \end{center} + \restoregeometry + \hypersetup{pageanchor=true}% +} + +\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}} +\def\@author{[Your name]} +\def\title#1{\gdef\@title{#1}} +\def\@title{Title of Paper} +\def\institution#1{\gdef\@institution{#1}} +\def\@institution{[Name of Institution]} +\def\professor#1{\gdef\@professor{#1}} +\def\@professor{[Name of Professor]} +\def\course#1{\gdef\@course{#1}} +\def\@course{[Course Number and Title]} + + +% Set up Bible references + +\braltabbrvname +\renewcommand*{\BRperiod}{} +\renewcommand*{\BRchsep}{;\space} +\renewcommand*{\BRvsep}{,\space} + +\def\br@Ecclesiastes{Eccl\BRperiod} +\def\br@SongofSongs{Song\BRperiod} + +\def\br@Titus{Titus} +\def\br@Philemon{Phlm\BRperiod} + +\csdef{bri@Gen}{\BRbookof Genesis} +\csdef{bri@Exod}{\BRbookof Exodus} +\csdef{bri@Lev}{\BRbookof Levitcus} +\csdef{bri@Num}{\BRbookof Numbers} +\csdef{bri@Deut}{\BRbookof Deuteronomy} +\csdef{bri@Josh}{\BRbookof Joshua} +\csdef{bri@Judg}{\BRbookof Judges} +\csdef{bri@Ruth}{\BRbookof Ruth} +\csdef{bri@1Sam}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Samuel} +\csdef{bri@2Sam}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Samuel} +\csdef{bri@1Kgs}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Kings} +\csdef{bri@2Kgs}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Kings} +\csdef{bri@1Chr}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Chronicles} +\csdef{bri@2Chr}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Chronicles} +\csdef{bri@Ezra}{\BRbookof Ezra} +\csdef{bri@Neh}{\BRbookof Nehemiah} +\csdef{bri@Esth}{\BRbookof Esther} +\csdef{bri@Job}{\BRbookof Job} +\csdef{bri@Ps}{\BRbookof Psalms} +\csdef{bri@Prov}{\BRbookof Proverbs} +\csdef{bri@Eccl}{\BRbookof Ecclesiastes} +\csdef{bri@Song}{\BRbookof Song of Songs} +\csdef{bri@Isa}{\BRbookof Isaiah} +\csdef{bri@Jer}{\BRbookof Jeremiah} +\csdef{bri@Lam}{\BRbookof Lamentations} +\csdef{bri@Ezek}{\BRbookof Ezekiel} +\csdef{bri@Dan}{\BRbookof Daniel} +\csdef{bri@Hos}{\BRbookof Hosea} +\csdef{bri@Joel}{\BRbookof Joel} +\csdef{bri@Amos}{\BRbookof Amos} +\csdef{bri@Obad}{\BRbookof Obadiah} +\csdef{bri@Jonah}{\BRbookof Jonah} +\csdef{bri@Mic}{\BRbookof Micah} +\csdef{bri@Nah}{\BRbookof Nahum} +\csdef{bri@Hab}{\BRbookof Habakkuk} +\csdef{bri@Zeph}{\BRbookof Zephaniah} +\csdef{bri@Hag}{\BRbookof Haggai} +\csdef{bri@Zech}{\BRbookof Zechariah} +\csdef{bri@Mal}{\BRbookof Malachi} + +\csdef{bri@Matt}{\BRbookof Matthew} +\csdef{bri@Mark}{\BRbookof Mark} +\csdef{bri@Luke}{\BRbookof Luke} +\csdef{bri@John}{\BRbookof John} +\csdef{bri@Acts}{\BRbookof Acts} +\csdef{bri@Rom}{\BRbookof Romans} +\csdef{bri@1Cor}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Corinthians} +\csdef{bri@2Cor}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Corinthians} +\csdef{bri@Gal}{\BRbookof Galatians} +\csdef{bri@Eph}{\BRbookof Ephesians} +\csdef{bri@Phil}{\BRbookof Philippians} +\csdef{bri@Col}{\BRbookof Colossians} +\csdef{bri@1Thess}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Thessalonians} +\csdef{bri@2Thess}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Thessalonians} +\csdef{bri@1Tim}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Timothy} +\csdef{bri@2Tim}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Timothy} +\csdef{bri@Titus}{\BRbookof Titus} +\csdef{bri@Phlm}{\BRbookof Philemon} +\csdef{bri@Heb}{\BRbookof Hebrews} +\csdef{bri@Jas}{\BRbookof James} +\csdef{bri@1Pet}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof Peter} +\csdef{bri@2Pet}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof Peter} +\csdef{bri@1John}{\BRbooknumberstyle{1}\BRbookof John} +\csdef{bri@2John}{\BRbooknumberstyle{2}\BRbookof John} +\csdef{bri@3John}{\BRbooknumberstyle{3}\BRbookof John} +\csdef{bri@Jude}{\BRbookof Jude} +\csdef{bri@Rev}{\BRbookof Revelation} + +\csdef{br@oldtestament}{Old Testament} +\csdef{br@newtestament}{New Testament} + +\biblerefmap{Gen}{01@\br@oldtestament !01} +\biblerefmap{Exod}{01@\br@oldtestament !02} +\biblerefmap{Lev}{01@\br@oldtestament !03} +\biblerefmap{Num}{01@\br@oldtestament !04} +\biblerefmap{Deut}{01@\br@oldtestament !05} +\biblerefmap{Josh}{01@\br@oldtestament !06} +\biblerefmap{Judg}{01@\br@oldtestament !07} +\biblerefmap{Ruth}{01@\br@oldtestament !08} +\biblerefmap{Sam1}{01@\br@oldtestament !09} +\biblerefmap{Sam2}{01@\br@oldtestament !10} +\biblerefmap{Kgs1}{01@\br@oldtestament !11} +\biblerefmap{Kgs2}{01@\br@oldtestament !12} +\biblerefmap{Chr1}{01@\br@oldtestament !13} +\biblerefmap{Chr2}{01@\br@oldtestament !14} +\biblerefmap{Ezra}{01@\br@oldtestament !15} +\biblerefmap{Neh}{01@\br@oldtestament !16} +\biblerefmap{Esth}{01@\br@oldtestament !17} +\biblerefmap{Job}{01@\br@oldtestament !18} +\biblerefmap{Ps}{01@\br@oldtestament !19} +\biblerefmap{Prov}{01@\br@oldtestament !20} +\biblerefmap{Eccl}{01@\br@oldtestament !21} +\biblerefmap{Song}{01@\br@oldtestament !22} +\biblerefmap{Isa}{01@\br@oldtestament !23} +\biblerefmap{Jer}{01@\br@oldtestament !24} +\biblerefmap{Lam}{01@\br@oldtestament !25} +\biblerefmap{Ezek}{01@\br@oldtestament !26} +\biblerefmap{Dan}{01@\br@oldtestament !27} +\biblerefmap{Hos}{01@\br@oldtestament !28} +\biblerefmap{Joel}{01@\br@oldtestament !29} +\biblerefmap{Amos}{01@\br@oldtestament !30} +\biblerefmap{Obad}{01@\br@oldtestament !31} +\biblerefmap{Jonah}{01@\br@oldtestament !32} +\biblerefmap{Mic}{01@\br@oldtestament !33} +\biblerefmap{Nah}{01@\br@oldtestament !34} +\biblerefmap{Hab}{01@\br@oldtestament !35} +\biblerefmap{Zeph}{01@\br@oldtestament !36} +\biblerefmap{Hag}{01@\br@oldtestament !37} +\biblerefmap{Zech}{01@\br@oldtestament !38} +\biblerefmap{Mal}{01@\br@oldtestament !39} + +\biblerefmap{Matt}{02@\br@newtestament !01} +\biblerefmap{Mark}{02@\br@newtestament !02} +\biblerefmap{Luke}{02@\br@newtestament !03} +\biblerefmap{John}{02@\br@newtestament !04} +\biblerefmap{Acts}{02@\br@newtestament !05} +\biblerefmap{Rom}{02@\br@newtestament !06} +\biblerefmap{Cor1}{02@\br@newtestament !07} +\biblerefmap{Cor2}{02@\br@newtestament !08} +\biblerefmap{Gal}{02@\br@newtestament !09} +\biblerefmap{Eph}{02@\br@newtestament !10} +\biblerefmap{Phil}{02@\br@newtestament !11} +\biblerefmap{Col}{02@\br@newtestament !12} +\biblerefmap{Thess1}{02@\br@newtestament !13} +\biblerefmap{Thess2}{02@\br@newtestament !14} +\biblerefmap{Tim1}{02@\br@newtestament !15} +\biblerefmap{Tim2}{02@\br@newtestament !16} +\biblerefmap{Titus}{02@\br@newtestament !17} +\biblerefmap{Phlm}{02@\br@newtestament !18} +\biblerefmap{Heb}{02@\br@newtestament !19} +\biblerefmap{Jas}{02@\br@newtestament !20} +\biblerefmap{Pet1}{02@\br@newtestament !21} +\biblerefmap{Pet2}{02@\br@newtestament !22} +\biblerefmap{John1}{02@\br@newtestament !23} +\biblerefmap{John2}{02@\br@newtestament !24} +\biblerefmap{John3}{02@\br@newtestament !25} +\biblerefmap{Jude}{02@\br@newtestament !26} +\biblerefmap{Rev}{02@\br@newtestament !27} + +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-spanish.lbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-spanish.lbx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..20d49d58335 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl-spanish.lbx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +\ProvidesFile{sbl-spanish.lbx}[\sbl@abx@lbxid] + +\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% + inherit = {spanish}, + to = {{a}{a}}, + of = {{de}{de}}, + with = {{con}{con}}, + byeditor = {{editado por}{ed\adddotspace por}}, + bytranslator = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ por}{trad\adddot}}, + withpreface = {{con un prefacio por}{con un prefacio por}}, + introduction = {{Introducci{\'o}n}{Introducci{\'o}n}}, + foreword = {{Presentaci{\'o}n}{Presentaci{\'o}n}}, + reprint = {{reimp\adddot}{reimp\adddot}}, + paperpresented = {{documento presentado a}{documento presentado a}}, + phdthesis = {{Tesis}{Tesis}}, + released = {{publicado}{publicado}}, + withassistance = {{con la asistencia de}{con la asistencia de}}, + byeditortr = {{Traducido \lbx@lfromlang\isdot\space y editado por}% + {trad\adddotspace \lbx@sfromlang\isdot\space y ed\adddotspace por}}, + byeditorco = {{comentario y editado por}% + {com\adddotspace y ed\adddotspace por}}, + byeditoran = {{anotado y editado por}% + {anot\adddotspace y ed\adddotspace por}} +} + +\InheritBibliographyExtras{spanish} + +\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% + \DeclarePunctuationPairs{colon}{*}% +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.bbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.bbx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..496bb634416 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.bbx @@ -0,0 +1,389 @@ +\blx@inputonce{biblatex-sbl.def}{biblatex-sbl definitions and macros}{}{}{}{} + +\ProvidesFile{sbl.bbx}[\sbl@abx@bbxid] + +\AtBeginBibliography{% + \citereset + \global\undef\bbx@lasthash + \def\abx@str{abx@lstr}% + \def\blx@entryset#1{\bbx@entryset{#1}} + \def\blx@entryset@i#1{\bbx@entryset@i{#1}} + \renewcommand*{\relateddelim}{\addperiod\space} + \renewcommand*{\revsdnamedelim}{\addcomma}% + \DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname}% + \DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname}% + \DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname}% + \renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addperiod\space}% + \renewbibmacro{dashcheck}[2]{\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck}{#1}{#2}}% + \renewbibmacro*{savehash}{\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}% + \sloppy +} + +\AtEveryBibitem{% + \global\togglefalse{relatedseen}}% + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{classictext}{% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \DeclareFieldFormat[classictext]{title}{\mkbibemph{##1}}% + \clearfield{related}% + \usedriver{}{incollection}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{ancienttext}{% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{ANRW} + {\usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \entrydata{\thefield{related}}{% + \printtext[title]{% + \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shorthand}}{\thefield{shorthand}}}}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{volume+part+pages}% + \newunit + \entrydata{\thefield{related}}{\printfield{titleaddon}}% + \clearfield{pages}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{volume+part+pages}% + \newunit + \entrydata{\thefield{related}}{\usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}}% + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit} + {\DeclareFieldFormat[ancienttext]{title}{\mkbibemph{##1}}% + \clearfield{related}% + \usedriver{}{book}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}% + \printfield[plainpages]{pages}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{releasedate}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@abbrevcite} + {\usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printnames[default]{author}} + {\usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+part}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}% + \newunit + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{suppbook}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \printfield{type}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{to}% + \usebibmacro{booktitle+maintitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}% + \newunit% + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incommentary}{% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iffieldundef{volume} + {\usedriver{}{incollection}} + {\iftoggle{fullbibrefs} + {\usedriver{}{incollection}} + {\usedriver{}{incommentary:short}}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incommentary:short}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{xrefshortmaintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \ifentrytype{bookinbook} + {\newunit + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}} + {}% + \newunit + \printfield[pagesin]{pages}% + \iffieldundef{booktitle} + {} + {\usebibmacro{booktitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{bybookeditor+others}% + \newunit} + \usebibmacro{involume+part}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}% + \newunit + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inlexicon}{% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inreference}{% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iffieldundef{volume} + {\usedriver{}{incollection}} + {\iftoggle{fullbibrefs} + {\usedriver{}{incollection}} + {\usedriver{}{inreference:short}}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inreference:short}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{xrefshortbooktitle+xrefshortmaintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{review}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \iffieldundef{title} + {\newunit} + {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% + \usebibmacro{revdtitle}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{revdauthor/revdeditor}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}% + \printfield[plainpages]{pages}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{seminarpaper}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printfield[pagesin]{pages}% + \iffieldundef{booktitle} + {} + {\usebibmacro{booktitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{bybookeditor+others}% + \newunit} + \usebibmacro{involume+part}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}% + \newunit + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printfield{type}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{journaltitle} + {\usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}} + {\usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}% + \printfield[plainpages]{pages}}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{conferencepaper}{% + \usebibmacro{bibindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{eventtitle}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit + \printfield{organization}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{venue+eventdate}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \newunit + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}% +} + +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.cbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.cbx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5520ab65e0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.cbx @@ -0,0 +1,614 @@ +\blx@inputonce{biblatex-sbl.def}{biblatex-sbl definitions and macros}{}{}{}{} + +\ProvidesFile{sbl.cbx}[\sbl@abx@cbxid] + +\newbool{suppresspostnote} +\newbool{usevolpostnotedelim} + +\newtoggle{cbx:loccit} +\newtoggle{usingibid} +\newtoggle{relatedseen} + +\newbibmacro*{cite}{% + \boolfalse{suppresspostnote}% + \boolfalse{usevolpostnotedelim}% + \global\togglefalse{usingibid}% + \ifciteseen + {\global\toggletrue{relatedseen}} + {\global\togglefalse{relatedseen}}% + \ifciteseen{}{\iffieldundef{pages}{}{\booltrue{suppresspostnote}}}% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\ifciteseen{}{\bibhypertarget{\strfield{entrykey}}{}}} + {}% + \printtext{% + \ifboolexpr{% + test {\ifciteibid} + and + not test {\iffirstonpage}} + {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} + {\usebibmacro{ifuseshorthand} + {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}} + {\usedriver{}{cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}}} + +% redefine default loccit tracker so that citations with no postnote also match +\def\blx@loccit@tracker#1{% + \global\csundef{blx@lastnote@#1@\abx@field@entrykey}% + \blx@imc@iffieldundef{postnote} + {\global\cslet{blx@lastnote@#1@\abx@field@entrykey}\abx@field@entrykey} + {\global\cslet{blx@lastnote@#1@\abx@field@entrykey}\abx@field@postnote}% + \xifinlistcs\abx@field@entrykey{blx@trackkeys@#1} + {} + {\listcsxadd{blx@trackkeys@#1}\abx@field@entrykey}} + +\def\blx@loccit@check#1{% + \blx@imc@iffieldundef{postnote} + {\blx@imc@iffieldequalcs{entrykey}{blx@lastnote@#1@\abx@field@entrykey}} + {\blx@imc@iffieldequalcs{postnote}{blx@lastnote@#1@\abx@field@entrykey}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \global\toggletrue{usingibid}% + \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}% + \ifloccit + {\global\booltrue{suppresspostnote}} + {}} + +\newbibmacro{shorthand}{% + \iffieldsequal{shorthand}{shorttitle} + {\printtext{\mkbibemph{\printtext{% + \bibhyperlink{\strfield{shorthand}}{\thefield{shorthand}}}}}} + {\printtext{\bibhyperlink{\strfield{shorthand}}{\thefield{shorthand}}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% + \togglefalse{blx@citeindex}% + \global\toggletrue{relatedseen}% + \usebibmacro{shorthand}% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{RIMA} + {\restorefield{volume}{\abx@field@number}} + {}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifentrytype{ancienttext}} + and + not test {\iffieldundef{related}} + } + {\usebibmacro{setaltpostnotedelim}% + \setunit{\postnotedelim}% + \printfield{altpostnote}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \usebibmacro{volume+part+postnote}}} + {}} + +\newbibmacro*{bibentrycite}{% + \citereset + \global\togglefalse{relatedseen}% + \toggletrue{blx@bibliography}% + \def\abx@str{abx@lstr}% + \renewcommand*{\revsdnamedelim}{\addcomma}% + \setcounter{maxnames}{100}% + \setcounter{maxitems}{100}% + \DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname}% + \DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname}% + \DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname}% + \renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addperiod\space}% + \sloppy + \printtext{\usedriver{}{\thefield{entrytype}}}} + +\newbibmacro*{biblistcite}{% + \sloppy + \hangindent 6em\rlap + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shortjournal}% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shortseries}} + {\iffieldsequal{shorthand}{shorttitle} + {\printtext{\mkbibemph{\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}}} + {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}}}% + \renewcommand*{\bibhypertarget}[2]{##2}% + \hskip 6em \setunit{}\usedriver{}{abbreviations}\par +} + +\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% + \iffieldundef{shorthand} + {} + {\iftoggle{usingibid} + {} + {\usebibmacro{setpostnotedelim}}}% + \ifbool{suppresspostnote}{}{% + \ifboolexpr{% + not test {\iffieldundef{postnote}} + or + not test {\iffieldundef{pages}} + } + {\ifbool{usevolpostnotedelim} + {\setunit{\volpostnotedelim}} + {\setunit{\postnotedelim}}% + \usebibmacro{postnote}} + {}}% + \iftoggle{relatedseen} + {} + {\iffieldundef{related} + {} + {\setunit{\addsemicolon\space}% + \usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}}}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{cite}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{cite}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\bibentrycite} + {} + {\usebibmacro{bibentrycite}} + {\multicitedelim} + {} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\biblistcite} + {} + {\usebibmacro{biblistcite}} + {} + {} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{cite}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{cite}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] + {\usebibmacro{prenote}} + {\usebibmacro{cite}} + {\multicitedelim} + {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeseries} + {} + {\usebibmacro{shortseries}} + {} + {} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\citejournal} + {} + {\usebibmacro{shortjournal}} + {} + {} + +\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeshorthand} + {} + {\usebibmacro{shorthand}} + {} + {} + + +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ +% CITE DRIVERS +% ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:set}{% + \ifciteseen + {% + \printnames{labelname}% + \newunit% + \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% + \iffieldundef{shorttitle} + {\printfield[citetitle]{title}} + {\printfield[citetitle]{shorttitle}}}} + {\booltrue{bbx@inset}% + \entryset{}{}% + \newunit\newblock + \usebibmacro{setpageref}% + \finentry + \global\boolfalse{suppresspostnote}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:ancienttext}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \togglefalse{blx@citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \printfield{altpostnote}% + \newunit + \ifciteseen + {} + {\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}% + \ifboolexpr{ + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{ANRW}} + or + test {\ifboolexpr{ + test {\ifciteseen} + and + test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{COS}} + }} + } + {\newunit + \usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \usebibmacro{volume+part+postnote}} + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \usebibmacro{volume+part+postnote}}}% + \global\toggletrue{relatedseen} + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:classictext}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \togglefalse{blx@citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shorttitlenohyperlink}% + \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{churchfather} + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printfield{altpostnote}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{related:init}% + \usebibmacro{related}% + \usebibmacro{volume+part+postnote}}% + \global\toggletrue{relatedseen}} + {\usebibmacro{volume+part+postnote}% + \usebibmacro{classic:translator+series}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:article}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firtoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \ifciteseen + {} + {\usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}% + \usebibmacro{pages}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{releasedate}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:book}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \ifciteseen + {} + {\newunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volumeof}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}% + \usebibmacro{parens+publisher+location+date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{volume+part+nomaintitle}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:suppbook}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \ifciteseen + {\printfield{type}} + {\printfield{type}% + \setunit{\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{to}% + \usebibmacro{booktitle}% + \setunit*{\newunitpunct}% + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \setunit*{\newunitpunct}% + \usebibmacro{bybookeditor+others}% + \setunit*{\newunitpunct}% + \usebibmacro{volumeof}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}% + \usebibmacro{parens+publisher+location+date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{pages}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:commentary}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \ifciteseen + {} + {\printfield{volumes}% + \newunit + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}% + \usebibmacro{parens+publisher+location+date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:incommentary}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \iffieldundef{volume} + {\usedriver{}{cite:incollection}} + {\iffieldundef{xref}{}{\addskipentry{\thefield{xref}}}% + \cbx@opt@citepages@omit + \global\booltrue{suppresspostnote}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{xrefshortmaintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:incollection}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \ifciteseen + {} + {\ifentrytype{bookinbook} + {\newunit + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}} + {}% + \usebibmacro{in}% + \usebibmacro{booktitle}% + \setunit*{\newunitpunct}% + \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% + \setunit*{\newunitpunct}% + \usebibmacro{bybookeditor+others}% + \setunit*{\newunitpunct}% + \usebibmacro{volumeof}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}% + \usebibmacro{parens+publisher+location+date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+part+pages}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:inlexicon}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \newunit + \ifciteseen + {\usebibmacro{xrefshortbooktitle+xrefshortmaintitle}% + \usebibmacro{volume}} + {\usebibmacro{title}% + \usebibmacro{xrefshortbooktitle+xrefshortmaintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:inreference}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \iffieldundef{xref}{}{\addskipentry{\thefield{xref}}}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \ifciteseen + {\newunit + \iffieldundef{volume} + {} + {\newunit + \global\booltrue{usevolpostnotedelim}% + \printfield{volume}}} + {\usebibmacro{xrefshortbooktitle+xrefshortmaintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+pages}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:review}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{revdtitle}% + \newunit + \ifciteseen + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{\usebibmacro{revdauthor/revdeditor}}} + {\usebibmacro{revdauthor/revdeditor}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}% + \usebibmacro{pages}% + \renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addperiod\space}% + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:seminarpaper}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \ifciteseen + {} + {\usebibmacro{booktitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{bybookeditor+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volumeof}% + \usebibmacro{maintitle}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{bymaineditor+others}% + \newunit + \printfield{volumes}% + \newunit + \printfield{edition}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}% + \usebibmacro{parens+publisher+location+date}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{volume+part+pages}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:thesis}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \ifciteseen + {} + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \renewcommand*{\newunitpunct}{\addsemicolon\space}% + \printfield{type}% + \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% + \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:misc}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \ifciteseen + {} + {\printfield{note}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{byauthor}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% + \newunit + \printfield{howpublished}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{shortseries+number}% + \newunit + \iffieldundef{journaltitle} + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}}} + {\usebibmacro{shortjournal+issuetitle}% + \usebibmacro{pages}}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:conferencepaper}{% + \usebibmacro{citeindex}% + \usebibmacro{begentry}% + \iftoggle{blx@usefullcite} + {} + {\let\ifciteseen\@firstoftwo}% + \usebibmacro{author}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{title}% + \ifciteseen + {} + {\setunit{\addspace}% + \printtext[parens]{% + \usebibmacro{eventtitle}% + \newunit + \printfield{note}% + \newunit + \printfield{organization}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{venue+eventdate}}% + \newunit + \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}}% + \usebibmacro{finentry}} + +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.dbx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.dbx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6cda9897097 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-sbl/sbl.dbx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +\ProvidesFile{sbl.dbx}[biblatex-sbl database structure] + +\DeclareDatamodelEntrytypes{ + ancienttext, + conferencepaper, + incommentary, + inlexicon, + review, + seminarpaper} + +\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=literal]{ + seriesseries, + revdtitle, + revdshorttitle, + revdsubtitle, + revdtitleaddon, + shortbooktitle, + shortmaintitle, + withauthortype, + witheditortype, + withtranslatortype, + withbookauthortype, + withbookeditortype, + withbooktranslatortype, + withmainauthortype, + withmaineditortype, + withmaintranslatortype} + +\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list, datatype=name]{ + bookeditor, + booktranslator, + maineditor, + maintranslator, + revdauthor, + revdeditor, + withauthor, + witheditor, + withtranslator, + withbookauthor, + withbookeditor, + withbooktranslator, + withmainauthor, + withmaineditor, + withmaintranslator} + +\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=date]{ + releasedate} + +\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=field, datatype=datepart]{ + releaseday, + releasemonth, + releaseyear} + -- cgit v1.2.3